]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/gcc.git/blob - gcc/target.def
Don't build readline/libreadline.a, when --with-system-readline is supplied
[thirdparty/gcc.git] / gcc / target.def
1 /* Target hook definitions.
2 Copyright (C) 2001-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
5 under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
6 Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
7 later version.
8
9 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12 GNU General Public License for more details.
13
14 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15 along with this program; see the file COPYING3. If not see
16 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17
18 In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
19 You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
20 what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! */
21
22 /* See target-hooks-macros.h for details of macros that should be
23 provided by the including file, and how to use them here. */
24 #include "target-hooks-macros.h"
25
26 #undef HOOK_TYPE
27 #define HOOK_TYPE "Target Hook"
28
29 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_INITIALIZER, gcc_target)
30
31 /* Functions that output assembler for the target. */
32 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ASM_"
33 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ASM_OUT, asm_out)
34
35 /* Opening and closing parentheses for asm expression grouping. */
36 DEFHOOKPOD
37 (open_paren,
38 "These target hooks are C string constants, describing the syntax in the\n\
39 assembler for grouping arithmetic expressions. If not overridden, they\n\
40 default to normal parentheses, which is correct for most assemblers.",
41 const char *, "(")
42 DEFHOOKPODX (close_paren, const char *, ")")
43
44 /* Assembler instructions for creating various kinds of integer object. */
45 DEFHOOKPOD
46 (byte_op,
47 "@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
48 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PSI_OP\n\
49 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
50 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PDI_OP\n\
51 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
52 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PTI_OP\n\
53 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
54 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
55 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PSI_OP\n\
56 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
57 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PDI_OP\n\
58 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
59 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PTI_OP\n\
60 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
61 These hooks specify assembly directives for creating certain kinds\n\
62 of integer object. The @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} directive creates a\n\
63 byte-sized object, the @code{TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP} one creates an\n\
64 aligned two-byte object, and so on. Any of the hooks may be\n\
65 @code{NULL}, indicating that no suitable directive is available.\n\
66 \n\
67 The compiler will print these strings at the start of a new line,\n\
68 followed immediately by the object's initial value. In most cases,\n\
69 the string should contain a tab, a pseudo-op, and then another tab.",
70 const char *, "\t.byte\t")
71 DEFHOOKPOD (aligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_INT_OP)
72 DEFHOOKPOD (unaligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_INT_OP)
73
74 /* Try to output the assembler code for an integer object whose
75 value is given by X. SIZE is the size of the object in bytes and
76 ALIGNED_P indicates whether it is aligned. Return true if
77 successful. Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP
78 and UNALIGNED_OP are NULL. */
79 DEFHOOK
80 (integer,
81 "The @code{assemble_integer} function uses this hook to output an\n\
82 integer object. @var{x} is the object's value, @var{size} is its size\n\
83 in bytes and @var{aligned_p} indicates whether it is aligned. The\n\
84 function should return @code{true} if it was able to output the\n\
85 object. If it returns false, @code{assemble_integer} will try to\n\
86 split the object into smaller parts.\n\
87 \n\
88 The default implementation of this hook will use the\n\
89 @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} family of strings, returning @code{false}\n\
90 when the relevant string is @code{NULL}.",
91 /* Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP and UNALIGNED_OP are
92 NULL. */
93 bool, (rtx x, unsigned int size, int aligned_p),
94 default_assemble_integer)
95
96 /* Assembly strings required after the .cfi_startproc label. */
97 DEFHOOK
98 (post_cfi_startproc,
99 "This target hook is used to emit assembly strings required by the target\n\
100 after the .cfi_startproc directive. The first argument is the file stream to\n\
101 write the strings to and the second argument is the function\'s declaration. The\n\
102 expected use is to add more .cfi_* directives.\n\
103 \n\
104 The default is to not output any assembly strings.",
105 void, (FILE *, tree),
106 hook_void_FILEptr_tree)
107
108 /* Notify the backend that we have completed emitting the data for a
109 decl. */
110 DEFHOOK
111 (decl_end,
112 "Define this hook if the target assembler requires a special marker to\n\
113 terminate an initialized variable declaration.",
114 void, (void),
115 hook_void_void)
116
117 /* Output code that will globalize a label. */
118 DEFHOOK
119 (globalize_label,
120 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
121 @var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} global;\n\
122 that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
123 \n\
124 The default implementation relies on a proper definition of\n\
125 @code{GLOBAL_ASM_OP}.",
126 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name),
127 default_globalize_label)
128
129 /* Output code that will globalize a declaration. */
130 DEFHOOK
131 (globalize_decl_name,
132 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
133 @var{stream} some commands that will make the name associated with @var{decl}\n\
134 global; that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
135 \n\
136 The default implementation uses the TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL target hook.",
137 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl), default_globalize_decl_name)
138
139 /* Output code that will declare an external variable. */
140 DEFHOOK
141 (assemble_undefined_decl,
142 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
143 @var{stream} some commands that will declare the name associated with\n\
144 @var{decl} which is not defined in the current translation unit. Most\n\
145 assemblers do not require anything to be output in this case.",
146 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name, const_tree decl),
147 hook_void_FILEptr_constcharptr_const_tree)
148
149 /* Output code that will emit a label for unwind info, if this
150 target requires such labels. Second argument is the decl the
151 unwind info is associated with, third is a boolean: true if
152 this is for exception handling, fourth is a boolean: true if
153 this is only a placeholder for an omitted FDE. */
154 DEFHOOK
155 (emit_unwind_label,
156 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of each FDE@. It\n\
157 should be defined on targets where FDEs need special labels, and it\n\
158 should write the appropriate label, for the FDE associated with the\n\
159 function declaration @var{decl}, to the stdio stream @var{stream}.\n\
160 The third argument, @var{for_eh}, is a boolean: true if this is for an\n\
161 exception table. The fourth argument, @var{empty}, is a boolean:\n\
162 true if this is a placeholder label for an omitted FDE@.\n\
163 \n\
164 The default is that FDEs are not given nonlocal labels.",
165 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl, int for_eh, int empty),
166 default_emit_unwind_label)
167
168 /* Output code that will emit a label to divide up the exception table. */
169 DEFHOOK
170 (emit_except_table_label,
171 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of the exception table.\n\
172 It should be defined on targets where it is desirable for the table\n\
173 to be broken up according to function.\n\
174 \n\
175 The default is that no label is emitted.",
176 void, (FILE *stream),
177 default_emit_except_table_label)
178
179 /* Emit a directive for setting the personality for the function. */
180 DEFHOOK
181 (emit_except_personality,
182 "If the target implements @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT}, this hook may be\n\
183 used to emit a directive to install a personality hook into the unwind\n\
184 info. This hook should not be used if dwarf2 unwind info is used.",
185 void, (rtx personality),
186 NULL)
187
188 /* If necessary, modify personality and LSDA references to handle
189 indirection. This is used when the assembler supports CFI directives. */
190 DEFHOOK
191 (make_eh_symbol_indirect,
192 "If necessary, modify personality and LSDA references to handle indirection.\n\
193 The original symbol is in @code{origsymbol} and if @code{pubvis} is true\n\
194 the symbol is visible outside the TU.",
195 rtx, (rtx origsymbol, bool pubvis),
196 NULL)
197
198 /* Emit any directives required to unwind this instruction. */
199 DEFHOOK
200 (unwind_emit,
201 "This target hook emits assembly directives required to unwind the\n\
202 given instruction. This is only used when @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}\n\
203 returns @code{UI_TARGET}.",
204 void, (FILE *stream, rtx_insn *insn),
205 NULL)
206
207 DEFHOOKPOD
208 (unwind_emit_before_insn,
209 "True if the @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT} hook should be called before\n\
210 the assembly for @var{insn} has been emitted, false if the hook should\n\
211 be called afterward.",
212 bool, true)
213
214 /* Return true if the target needs extra instructions to restore the current
215 frame address after a DW_CFA_restore_state opcode. */
216 DEFHOOK
217 (should_restore_cfa_state,
218 "For DWARF-based unwind frames, two CFI instructions provide for save and\n\
219 restore of register state. GCC maintains the current frame address (CFA)\n\
220 separately from the register bank but the unwinder in libgcc preserves this\n\
221 state along with the registers (and this is expected by the code that writes\n\
222 the unwind frames). This hook allows the target to specify that the CFA data\n\
223 is not saved/restored along with the registers by the target unwinder so that\n\
224 suitable additional instructions should be emitted to restore it.",
225 bool, (void),
226 hook_bool_void_false)
227
228 /* Generate an internal label.
229 For now this is just a wrapper for ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL. */
230 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
231 (generate_internal_label,
232 "",
233 void, (char *buf, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
234 default_generate_internal_label)
235
236 /* Output an internal label. */
237 DEFHOOK
238 (internal_label,
239 "A function to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a label whose\n\
240 name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{labelno}.\n\
241 \n\
242 It is absolutely essential that these labels be distinct from the labels\n\
243 used for user-level functions and variables. Otherwise, certain programs\n\
244 will have name conflicts with internal labels.\n\
245 \n\
246 It is desirable to exclude internal labels from the symbol table of the\n\
247 object file. Most assemblers have a naming convention for labels that\n\
248 should be excluded; on many systems, the letter @samp{L} at the\n\
249 beginning of a label has this effect. You should find out what\n\
250 convention your system uses, and follow it.\n\
251 \n\
252 The default version of this function utilizes @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}.",
253 void, (FILE *stream, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
254 default_internal_label)
255
256 /* Output label for the constant. */
257 DEFHOOK
258 (declare_constant_name,
259 "A target hook to output to the stdio stream @var{file} any text necessary\n\
260 for declaring the name @var{name} of a constant which is being defined. This\n\
261 target hook is responsible for outputting the label definition (perhaps using\n\
262 @code{assemble_label}). The argument @var{exp} is the value of the constant,\n\
263 and @var{size} is the size of the constant in bytes. The @var{name}\n\
264 will be an internal label.\n\
265 \n\
266 The default version of this target hook, define the @var{name} in the\n\
267 usual manner as a label (by means of @code{assemble_label}).\n\
268 \n\
269 You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in this target hook.",
270 void, (FILE *file, const char *name, const_tree expr, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
271 default_asm_declare_constant_name)
272
273 /* Emit a ttype table reference to a typeinfo object. */
274 DEFHOOK
275 (ttype,
276 "This hook is used to output a reference from a frame unwinding table to\n\
277 the type_info object identified by @var{sym}. It should return @code{true}\n\
278 if the reference was output. Returning @code{false} will cause the\n\
279 reference to be output using the normal Dwarf2 routines.",
280 bool, (rtx sym),
281 hook_bool_rtx_false)
282
283 /* Emit an assembler directive to set visibility for the symbol
284 associated with the tree decl. */
285 DEFHOOK
286 (assemble_visibility,
287 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} some\n\
288 commands that will make the symbol(s) associated with @var{decl} have\n\
289 hidden, protected or internal visibility as specified by @var{visibility}.",
290 void, (tree decl, int visibility),
291 default_assemble_visibility)
292
293 DEFHOOK
294 (print_patchable_function_entry,
295 "Generate a patchable area at the function start, consisting of\n\
296 @var{patch_area_size} NOP instructions. If the target supports named\n\
297 sections and if @var{record_p} is true, insert a pointer to the current\n\
298 location in the table of patchable functions. The default implementation\n\
299 of the hook places the table of pointers in the special section named\n\
300 @code{__patchable_function_entries}.",
301 void, (FILE *file, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT patch_area_size, bool record_p),
302 default_print_patchable_function_entry)
303
304 /* Output the assembler code for entry to a function. */
305 DEFHOOK
306 (function_prologue,
307 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for entry to a\n\
308 function. The prologue is responsible for setting up the stack frame,\n\
309 initializing the frame pointer register, saving registers that must be\n\
310 saved, and allocating @var{size} additional bytes of storage for the\n\
311 local variables. @var{file} is a stdio stream to which the assembler\n\
312 code should be output.\n\
313 \n\
314 The label for the beginning of the function need not be output by this\n\
315 macro. That has already been done when the macro is run.\n\
316 \n\
317 @findex regs_ever_live\n\
318 To determine which registers to save, the macro can refer to the array\n\
319 @code{regs_ever_live}: element @var{r} is nonzero if hard register\n\
320 @var{r} is used anywhere within the function. This implies the function\n\
321 prologue should save register @var{r}, provided it is not one of the\n\
322 call-used registers. (@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must likewise use\n\
323 @code{regs_ever_live}.)\n\
324 \n\
325 On machines that have ``register windows'', the function entry code does\n\
326 not save on the stack the registers that are in the windows, even if\n\
327 they are supposed to be preserved by function calls; instead it takes\n\
328 appropriate steps to ``push'' the register stack, if any non-call-used\n\
329 registers are used in the function.\n\
330 \n\
331 @findex frame_pointer_needed\n\
332 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
333 function entry code must vary accordingly; it must set up the frame\n\
334 pointer if one is wanted, and not otherwise. To determine whether a\n\
335 frame pointer is in wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
336 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 at run\n\
337 time in a function that needs a frame pointer. @xref{Elimination}.\n\
338 \n\
339 The function entry code is responsible for allocating any stack space\n\
340 required for the function. This stack space consists of the regions\n\
341 listed below. In most cases, these regions are allocated in the\n\
342 order listed, with the last listed region closest to the top of the\n\
343 stack (the lowest address if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is defined, and\n\
344 the highest address if it is not defined). You can use a different order\n\
345 for a machine if doing so is more convenient or required for\n\
346 compatibility reasons. Except in cases where required by standard\n\
347 or by a debugger, there is no reason why the stack layout used by GCC\n\
348 need agree with that used by other compilers for a machine.",
349 void, (FILE *file),
350 default_function_pro_epilogue)
351
352 /* Output the assembler code for end of prologue. */
353 DEFHOOK
354 (function_end_prologue,
355 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the end of a\n\
356 prologue. This should be used when the function prologue is being\n\
357 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
358 emitted. @xref{prologue instruction pattern}.",
359 void, (FILE *file),
360 no_asm_to_stream)
361
362 /* Output the assembler code for start of epilogue. */
363 DEFHOOK
364 (function_begin_epilogue,
365 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the start of an\n\
366 epilogue. This should be used when the function epilogue is being\n\
367 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
368 emitted. @xref{epilogue instruction pattern}.",
369 void, (FILE *file),
370 no_asm_to_stream)
371
372 /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
373 DEFHOOK
374 (function_epilogue,
375 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for exit from a\n\
376 function. The epilogue is responsible for restoring the saved\n\
377 registers and stack pointer to their values when the function was\n\
378 called, and returning control to the caller. This macro takes the\n\
379 same argument as the macro @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}, and the\n\
380 registers to restore are determined from @code{regs_ever_live} and\n\
381 @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} in the same way.\n\
382 \n\
383 On some machines, there is a single instruction that does all the work\n\
384 of returning from the function. On these machines, give that\n\
385 instruction the name @samp{return} and do not define the macro\n\
386 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} at all.\n\
387 \n\
388 Do not define a pattern named @samp{return} if you want the\n\
389 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} to be used. If you want the target\n\
390 switches to control whether return instructions or epilogues are used,\n\
391 define a @samp{return} pattern with a validity condition that tests the\n\
392 target switches appropriately. If the @samp{return} pattern's validity\n\
393 condition is false, epilogues will be used.\n\
394 \n\
395 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
396 function exit code must vary accordingly. Sometimes the code for these\n\
397 two cases is completely different. To determine whether a frame pointer\n\
398 is wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
399 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 when compiling\n\
400 a function that needs a frame pointer.\n\
401 \n\
402 Normally, @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and\n\
403 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must treat leaf functions specially.\n\
404 The C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf} is nonzero for such a\n\
405 function. @xref{Leaf Functions}.\n\
406 \n\
407 On some machines, some functions pop their arguments on exit while\n\
408 others leave that for the caller to do. For example, the 68020 when\n\
409 given @option{-mrtd} pops arguments in functions that take a fixed\n\
410 number of arguments.\n\
411 \n\
412 @findex pops_args\n\
413 @findex crtl->args.pops_args\n\
414 Your definition of the macro @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} decides which\n\
415 functions pop their own arguments. @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE}\n\
416 needs to know what was decided. The number of bytes of the current\n\
417 function's arguments that this function should pop is available in\n\
418 @code{crtl->args.pops_args}. @xref{Scalar Return}.",
419 void, (FILE *file),
420 default_function_pro_epilogue)
421
422 /* Initialize target-specific sections. */
423 DEFHOOK
424 (init_sections,
425 "Define this hook if you need to do something special to set up the\n\
426 @file{varasm.cc} sections, or if your target has some special sections\n\
427 of its own that you need to create.\n\
428 \n\
429 GCC calls this hook after processing the command line, but before writing\n\
430 any assembly code, and before calling any of the section-returning hooks\n\
431 described below.",
432 void, (void),
433 hook_void_void)
434
435 /* Tell assembler to change to section NAME with attributes FLAGS.
436 If DECL is non-NULL, it is the VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL with
437 which this section is associated. */
438 DEFHOOK
439 (named_section,
440 "Output assembly directives to switch to section @var{name}. The section\n\
441 should have attributes as specified by @var{flags}, which is a bit mask\n\
442 of the @code{SECTION_*} flags defined in @file{output.h}. If @var{decl}\n\
443 is non-NULL, it is the @code{VAR_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_DECL} with which\n\
444 this section is associated.",
445 void, (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl),
446 default_no_named_section)
447
448 /* Tell assembler what section attributes to assign this elf section
449 declaration, using their numerical value. */
450 DEFHOOK
451 (elf_flags_numeric,
452 "This hook can be used to encode ELF section flags for which no letter\n\
453 code has been defined in the assembler. It is called by\n\
454 @code{default_asm_named_section} whenever the section flags need to be\n\
455 emitted in the assembler output. If the hook returns true, then the\n\
456 numerical value for ELF section flags should be calculated from\n\
457 @var{flags} and saved in @var{*num}; the value is printed out instead of the\n\
458 normal sequence of letter codes. If the hook is not defined, or if it\n\
459 returns false, then @var{num} is ignored and the traditional letter sequence\n\
460 is emitted.",
461 bool, (unsigned int flags, unsigned int *num),
462 hook_bool_uint_uintp_false)
463
464 /* Return preferred text (sub)section for function DECL.
465 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot
466 functions. STARTUP is true when function is known to be used only
467 at startup (from static constructors or it is main()).
468 EXIT is true when function is known to be used only at exit
469 (from static destructors).
470 Return NULL if function should go to default text section. */
471 DEFHOOK
472 (function_section,
473 "Return preferred text (sub)section for function @var{decl}.\n\
474 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot\n\
475 functions. @var{startup} is true when function is known to be used only\n\
476 at startup (from static constructors or it is @code{main()}).\n\
477 @var{exit} is true when function is known to be used only at exit\n\
478 (from static destructors).\n\
479 Return NULL if function should go to default text section.",
480 section *, (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq, bool startup, bool exit),
481 default_function_section)
482
483 /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
484 DEFHOOK
485 (function_switched_text_sections,
486 "Used by the target to emit any assembler directives or additional\n\
487 labels needed when a function is partitioned between different\n\
488 sections. Output should be written to @var{file}. The function\n\
489 decl is available as @var{decl} and the new section is `cold' if\n\
490 @var{new_is_cold} is @code{true}.",
491 void, (FILE *file, tree decl, bool new_is_cold),
492 default_function_switched_text_sections)
493
494 /* Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when
495 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations
496 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if
497 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section. */
498 DEFHOOK
499 (reloc_rw_mask,
500 "Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when\n\
501 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations\n\
502 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if\n\
503 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section.\n\
504 \n\
505 The default version of this function returns 3 when @option{-fpic}\n\
506 is in effect, and 0 otherwise. The hook is typically redefined\n\
507 when the target cannot support (some kinds of) dynamic relocations\n\
508 in read-only sections even in executables.",
509 int, (void),
510 default_reloc_rw_mask)
511
512 /* Return a flag for either generating ADDR_DIF_VEC table
513 or ADDR_VEC table for jumps in case of -fPIC/-fPIE. */
514 DEFHOOK
515 (generate_pic_addr_diff_vec,
516 "Return true to generate ADDR_DIF_VEC table\n\
517 or false to generate ADDR_VEC table for jumps in case of -fPIC.\n\
518 \n\
519 The default version of this function returns true if flag_pic\n\
520 equals true and false otherwise",
521 bool, (void),
522 default_generate_pic_addr_diff_vec)
523
524 /* Return a section for EXP. It may be a DECL or a constant. RELOC
525 is nonzero if runtime relocations must be applied; bit 1 will be
526 set if the runtime relocations require non-local name resolution.
527 ALIGN is the required alignment of the data. */
528 DEFHOOK
529 (select_section,
530 "Return the section into which @var{exp} should be placed. You can\n\
531 assume that @var{exp} is either a @code{VAR_DECL} node or a constant of\n\
532 some sort. @var{reloc} indicates whether the initial value of @var{exp}\n\
533 requires link-time relocations. Bit 0 is set when variable contains\n\
534 local relocations only, while bit 1 is set for global relocations.\n\
535 @var{align} is the constant alignment in bits.\n\
536 \n\
537 The default version of this function takes care of putting read-only\n\
538 variables in @code{readonly_data_section}.\n\
539 \n\
540 See also @var{USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS}.",
541 section *, (tree exp, int reloc, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
542 default_select_section)
543
544 /* Return a section for X. MODE is X's mode and ALIGN is its
545 alignment in bits. */
546 DEFHOOK
547 (select_rtx_section,
548 "Return the section into which a constant @var{x}, of mode @var{mode},\n\
549 should be placed. You can assume that @var{x} is some kind of\n\
550 constant in RTL@. The argument @var{mode} is redundant except in the\n\
551 case of a @code{const_int} rtx. @var{align} is the constant alignment\n\
552 in bits.\n\
553 \n\
554 The default version of this function takes care of putting symbolic\n\
555 constants in @code{flag_pic} mode in @code{data_section} and everything\n\
556 else in @code{readonly_data_section}.",
557 section *, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
558 default_select_rtx_section)
559
560 /* Select a unique section name for DECL. RELOC is the same as
561 for SELECT_SECTION. */
562 DEFHOOK
563 (unique_section,
564 "Build up a unique section name, expressed as a @code{STRING_CST} node,\n\
565 and assign it to @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
566 As with @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION}, @var{reloc} indicates whether\n\
567 the initial value of @var{exp} requires link-time relocations.\n\
568 \n\
569 The default version of this function appends the symbol name to the\n\
570 ELF section name that would normally be used for the symbol. For\n\
571 example, the function @code{foo} would be placed in @code{.text.foo}.\n\
572 Whatever the actual target object format, this is often good enough.",
573 void, (tree decl, int reloc),
574 default_unique_section)
575
576 /* Return the readonly data or relocated readonly data section
577 associated with function DECL. */
578 DEFHOOK
579 (function_rodata_section,
580 "Return the readonly data or reloc readonly data section associated with\n\
581 @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}. @var{relocatable} selects the latter\n\
582 over the former.\n\
583 The default version of this function selects @code{.gnu.linkonce.r.name} if\n\
584 the function's section is @code{.gnu.linkonce.t.name}, @code{.rodata.name}\n\
585 or @code{.data.rel.ro.name} if function is in @code{.text.name}, and\n\
586 the normal readonly-data or reloc readonly data section otherwise.",
587 section *, (tree decl, bool relocatable),
588 default_function_rodata_section)
589
590 /* Nonnull if the target wants to override the default ".rodata" prefix
591 for mergeable data sections. */
592 DEFHOOKPOD
593 (mergeable_rodata_prefix,
594 "Usually, the compiler uses the prefix @code{\".rodata\"} to construct\n\
595 section names for mergeable constant data. Define this macro to override\n\
596 the string if a different section name should be used.",
597 const char *, ".rodata")
598
599 /* Return the section to be used for transactional memory clone tables. */
600 DEFHOOK
601 (tm_clone_table_section,
602 "Return the section that should be used for transactional memory clone\n\
603 tables.",
604 section *, (void), default_clone_table_section)
605
606 /* Output a constructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
607 DEFHOOK
608 (constructor,
609 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code to arrange to call\n\
610 the function referenced by @var{symbol} at initialization time.\n\
611 \n\
612 Assume that @var{symbol} is a @code{SYMBOL_REF} for a function taking\n\
613 no arguments and with no return value. If the target supports initialization\n\
614 priorities, @var{priority} is a value between 0 and @code{MAX_INIT_PRIORITY};\n\
615 otherwise it must be @code{DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY}.\n\
616 \n\
617 If this macro is not defined by the target, a suitable default will\n\
618 be chosen if (1) the target supports arbitrary section names, (2) the\n\
619 target defines @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}, or (3) @code{USE_COLLECT2}\n\
620 is not defined.",
621 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
622
623 /* Output a destructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
624 DEFHOOK
625 (destructor,
626 "This is like @code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} but used for termination\n\
627 functions rather than initialization functions.",
628 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
629
630 /* Output the assembler code for a thunk function. THUNK_DECL is the
631 declaration for the thunk function itself, FUNCTION is the decl for
632 the target function. DELTA is an immediate constant offset to be
633 added to THIS. If VCALL_OFFSET is nonzero, the word at
634 *(*this + vcall_offset) should be added to THIS. */
635 DEFHOOK
636 (output_mi_thunk,
637 "A function that outputs the assembler code for a thunk\n\
638 function, used to implement C++ virtual function calls with multiple\n\
639 inheritance. The thunk acts as a wrapper around a virtual function,\n\
640 adjusting the implicit object parameter before handing control off to\n\
641 the real function.\n\
642 \n\
643 First, emit code to add the integer @var{delta} to the location that\n\
644 contains the incoming first argument. Assume that this argument\n\
645 contains a pointer, and is the one used to pass the @code{this} pointer\n\
646 in C++. This is the incoming argument @emph{before} the function prologue,\n\
647 e.g.@: @samp{%o0} on a sparc. The addition must preserve the values of\n\
648 all other incoming arguments.\n\
649 \n\
650 Then, if @var{vcall_offset} is nonzero, an additional adjustment should be\n\
651 made after adding @code{delta}. In particular, if @var{p} is the\n\
652 adjusted pointer, the following adjustment should be made:\n\
653 \n\
654 @smallexample\n\
655 p += (*((ptrdiff_t **)p))[vcall_offset/sizeof(ptrdiff_t)]\n\
656 @end smallexample\n\
657 \n\
658 After the additions, emit code to jump to @var{function}, which is a\n\
659 @code{FUNCTION_DECL}. This is a direct pure jump, not a call, and does\n\
660 not touch the return address. Hence returning from @var{FUNCTION} will\n\
661 return to whoever called the current @samp{thunk}.\n\
662 \n\
663 The effect must be as if @var{function} had been called directly with\n\
664 the adjusted first argument. This macro is responsible for emitting all\n\
665 of the code for a thunk function; @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}\n\
666 and @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} are not invoked.\n\
667 \n\
668 The @var{thunk_fndecl} is redundant. (@var{delta} and @var{function}\n\
669 have already been extracted from it.) It might possibly be useful on\n\
670 some targets, but probably not.\n\
671 \n\
672 If you do not define this macro, the target-independent code in the C++\n\
673 front end will generate a less efficient heavyweight thunk that calls\n\
674 @var{function} instead of jumping to it. The generic approach does\n\
675 not support varargs.",
676 void, (FILE *file, tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
677 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, tree function),
678 NULL)
679
680 /* Determine whether output_mi_thunk would succeed. */
681 /* ??? Ideally, this hook would not exist, and success or failure
682 would be returned from output_mi_thunk directly. But there's
683 too much undo-able setup involved in invoking output_mi_thunk.
684 Could be fixed by making output_mi_thunk emit rtl instead of
685 text to the output file. */
686 DEFHOOK
687 (can_output_mi_thunk,
688 "A function that returns true if TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK would be able\n\
689 to output the assembler code for the thunk function specified by the\n\
690 arguments it is passed, and false otherwise. In the latter case, the\n\
691 generic approach will be used by the C++ front end, with the limitations\n\
692 previously exposed.",
693 bool, (const_tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
694 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, const_tree function),
695 hook_bool_const_tree_hwi_hwi_const_tree_false)
696
697 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of a
698 translation unit. */
699 DEFHOOK
700 (file_start,
701 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects to\n\
702 find at the beginning of a file. The default behavior is controlled\n\
703 by two flags, documented below. Unless your target's assembler is\n\
704 quite unusual, if you override the default, you should call\n\
705 @code{default_file_start} at some point in your target hook. This\n\
706 lets other target files rely on these variables.",
707 void, (void),
708 default_file_start)
709
710 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of a translation unit. */
711 DEFHOOK
712 (file_end,
713 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
714 to find at the end of a file. The default is to output nothing.",
715 void, (void),
716 hook_void_void)
717
718 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of an
719 LTO output stream. */
720 DEFHOOK
721 (lto_start,
722 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
723 to find at the start of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
724 nothing.",
725 void, (void),
726 hook_void_void)
727
728 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of an
729 LTO output stream. */
730 DEFHOOK
731 (lto_end,
732 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
733 to find at the end of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
734 nothing.",
735 void, (void),
736 hook_void_void)
737
738 /* Output any boilerplace text needed at the end of a
739 translation unit before debug and unwind info is emitted. */
740 DEFHOOK
741 (code_end,
742 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which is needed before emitting\n\
743 unwind info and debug info at the end of a file. Some targets emit\n\
744 here PIC setup thunks that cannot be emitted at the end of file,\n\
745 because they couldn't have unwind info then. The default is to output\n\
746 nothing.",
747 void, (void),
748 hook_void_void)
749
750 /* Output an assembler pseudo-op to declare a library function name
751 external. */
752 DEFHOOK
753 (external_libcall,
754 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
755 pseudo-op to declare a library function name external. The name of the\n\
756 library function is given by @var{symref}, which is a @code{symbol_ref}.",
757 void, (rtx symref),
758 default_external_libcall)
759
760 /* Output an assembler directive to mark decl live. This instructs
761 linker to not dead code strip this symbol. */
762 DEFHOOK
763 (mark_decl_preserved,
764 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
765 directive to annotate @var{symbol} as used. The Darwin target uses the\n\
766 .no_dead_code_strip directive.",
767 void, (const char *symbol),
768 hook_void_constcharptr)
769
770 /* Output a record of the command line switches that have been passed. */
771 DEFHOOK
772 (record_gcc_switches,
773 "Provides the target with the ability to record the gcc command line\n\
774 switches provided as argument.\n\
775 \n\
776 By default this hook is set to NULL, but an example implementation is\n\
777 provided for ELF based targets. Called @var{elf_record_gcc_switches},\n\
778 it records the switches as ASCII text inside a new, string mergeable\n\
779 section in the assembler output file. The name of the new section is\n\
780 provided by the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION} target\n\
781 hook.",
782 void, (const char *),
783 NULL)
784
785 /* The name of the section that the example ELF implementation of
786 record_gcc_switches will use to store the information. Target
787 specific versions of record_gcc_switches may or may not use
788 this information. */
789 DEFHOOKPOD
790 (record_gcc_switches_section,
791 "This is the name of the section that will be created by the example\n\
792 ELF implementation of the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES} target\n\
793 hook.",
794 const char *, ".GCC.command.line")
795
796 /* Output the definition of a section anchor. */
797 DEFHOOK
798 (output_anchor,
799 "Write the assembly code to define section anchor @var{x}, which is a\n\
800 @code{SYMBOL_REF} for which @samp{SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})} is true.\n\
801 The hook is called with the assembly output position set to the beginning\n\
802 of @code{SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (@var{x})}.\n\
803 \n\
804 If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is available, the hook's default definition uses\n\
805 it to define the symbol as @samp{. + SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (@var{x})}.\n\
806 If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is not available, the hook's default definition\n\
807 is @code{NULL}, which disables the use of section anchors altogether.",
808 void, (rtx x),
809 default_asm_output_anchor)
810
811 DEFHOOK
812 (output_ident,
813 "Output a string based on @var{name}, suitable for the @samp{#ident}\n\
814 directive, or the equivalent directive or pragma in non-C-family languages.\n\
815 If this hook is not defined, nothing is output for the @samp{#ident}\n\
816 directive.",
817 void, (const char *name),
818 hook_void_constcharptr)
819
820 /* Output a DTP-relative reference to a TLS symbol. */
821 DEFHOOK
822 (output_dwarf_dtprel,
823 "If defined, this target hook is a function which outputs a DTP-relative\n\
824 reference to the given TLS symbol of the specified size.",
825 void, (FILE *file, int size, rtx x),
826 NULL)
827
828 /* Some target machines need to postscan each insn after it is output. */
829 DEFHOOK
830 (final_postscan_insn,
831 "If defined, this target hook is a function which is executed just after the\n\
832 output of assembler code for @var{insn}, to change the mode of the assembler\n\
833 if necessary.\n\
834 \n\
835 Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands\n\
836 extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of\n\
837 elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.\n\
838 The contents of this vector are what was used to convert the insn\n\
839 template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler mode\n\
840 by checking the contents of the vector.",
841 void, (FILE *file, rtx_insn *insn, rtx *opvec, int noperands),
842 NULL)
843
844 /* Emit the trampoline template. This hook may be NULL. */
845 DEFHOOK
846 (trampoline_template,
847 "This hook is called by @code{assemble_trampoline_template} to output,\n\
848 on the stream @var{f}, assembler code for a block of data that contains\n\
849 the constant parts of a trampoline. This code should not include a\n\
850 label---the label is taken care of automatically.\n\
851 \n\
852 If you do not define this hook, it means no template is needed\n\
853 for the target. Do not define this hook on systems where the block move\n\
854 code to copy the trampoline into place would be larger than the code\n\
855 to generate it on the spot.",
856 void, (FILE *f),
857 NULL)
858
859 DEFHOOK
860 (output_source_filename,
861 "Output DWARF debugging information which indicates that filename\n\
862 @var{name} is the current source file to the stdio stream @var{file}.\n\
863 \n\
864 This target hook need not be defined if the standard form of output\n\
865 for the file format in use is appropriate.",
866 void ,(FILE *file, const char *name),
867 default_asm_output_source_filename)
868
869 DEFHOOK
870 (output_addr_const_extra,
871 "A target hook to recognize @var{rtx} patterns that @code{output_addr_const}\n\
872 can't deal with, and output assembly code to @var{file} corresponding to\n\
873 the pattern @var{x}. This may be used to allow machine-dependent\n\
874 @code{UNSPEC}s to appear within constants.\n\
875 \n\
876 If target hook fails to recognize a pattern, it must return @code{false},\n\
877 so that a standard error message is printed. If it prints an error message\n\
878 itself, by calling, for example, @code{output_operand_lossage}, it may just\n\
879 return @code{true}.",
880 bool, (FILE *file, rtx x),
881 hook_bool_FILEptr_rtx_false)
882
883 /* ??? The TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND* hooks are part of the asm_out struct,
884 even though that is not reflected in the macro name to override their
885 initializers. */
886 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
887 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
888
889 /* Emit a machine-specific insn operand. */
890 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND,
891 not this hook, and uses a different name for the argument FILE. */
892 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
893 (print_operand,
894 "",
895 void, (FILE *file, rtx x, int code),
896 default_print_operand)
897
898 /* Emit a machine-specific memory address. */
899 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS,
900 not this hook, and uses different argument names. */
901 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
902 (print_operand_address,
903 "",
904 void, (FILE *file, machine_mode mode, rtx addr),
905 default_print_operand_address)
906
907 /* Determine whether CODE is a valid punctuation character for the
908 `print_operand' hook. */
909 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P,
910 not this hook. */
911 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
912 (print_operand_punct_valid_p,
913 "",
914 bool ,(unsigned char code),
915 default_print_operand_punct_valid_p)
916
917 /* Given a symbol name, perform same mangling as assemble_name and
918 ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF, returning result as an IDENTIFIER_NODE. */
919 DEFHOOK
920 (mangle_assembler_name,
921 "Given a symbol @var{name}, perform same mangling as @code{varasm.cc}'s\n\
922 @code{assemble_name}, but in memory rather than to a file stream, returning\n\
923 result as an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE}. Required for correct LTO symtabs. The\n\
924 default implementation calls the @code{TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING} hook and\n\
925 then prepends the @code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX}, if any.",
926 tree, (const char *name),
927 default_mangle_assembler_name)
928
929 HOOK_VECTOR_END (asm_out)
930
931 /* Functions relating to instruction scheduling. All of these
932 default to null pointers, which haifa-sched.cc looks for and handles. */
933 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
934 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SCHED_"
935 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SCHED, sched)
936
937 /* Given the current cost, COST, of an insn, INSN, calculate and
938 return a new cost based on its relationship to DEP_INSN through
939 the dependence LINK. The default is to make no adjustment. */
940 DEFHOOK
941 (adjust_cost,
942 "This function corrects the value of @var{cost} based on the\n\
943 relationship between @var{insn} and @var{dep_insn} through a\n\
944 dependence of type dep_type, and strength @var{dw}. It should return the new\n\
945 value. The default is to make no adjustment to @var{cost}. This can be\n\
946 used for example to specify to the scheduler using the traditional pipeline\n\
947 description that an output- or anti-dependence does not incur the same cost\n\
948 as a data-dependence. If the scheduler using the automaton based pipeline\n\
949 description, the cost of anti-dependence is zero and the cost of\n\
950 output-dependence is maximum of one and the difference of latency\n\
951 times of the first and the second insns. If these values are not\n\
952 acceptable, you could use the hook to modify them too. See also\n\
953 @pxref{Processor pipeline description}.",
954 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int dep_type1, rtx_insn *dep_insn, int cost,
955 unsigned int dw),
956 NULL)
957
958 /* Adjust the priority of an insn as you see fit. Returns the new priority. */
959 DEFHOOK
960 (adjust_priority,
961 "This hook adjusts the integer scheduling priority @var{priority} of\n\
962 @var{insn}. It should return the new priority. Increase the priority to\n\
963 execute @var{insn} earlier, reduce the priority to execute @var{insn}\n\
964 later. Do not define this hook if you do not need to adjust the\n\
965 scheduling priorities of insns.",
966 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int priority), NULL)
967
968 /* Function which returns the maximum number of insns that can be
969 scheduled in the same machine cycle. This must be constant
970 over an entire compilation. The default is 1. */
971 DEFHOOK
972 (issue_rate,
973 "This hook returns the maximum number of instructions that can ever\n\
974 issue at the same time on the target machine. The default is one.\n\
975 Although the insn scheduler can define itself the possibility of issue\n\
976 an insn on the same cycle, the value can serve as an additional\n\
977 constraint to issue insns on the same simulated processor cycle (see\n\
978 hooks @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER} and @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}).\n\
979 This value must be constant over the entire compilation. If you need\n\
980 it to vary depending on what the instructions are, you must use\n\
981 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}.",
982 int, (void), NULL)
983
984 /* Calculate how much this insn affects how many more insns we
985 can emit this cycle. Default is they all cost the same. */
986 DEFHOOK
987 (variable_issue,
988 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled an insn\n\
989 from the ready list. It should return the number of insns which can\n\
990 still be issued in the current cycle. The default is\n\
991 @samp{@w{@var{more} - 1}} for insns other than @code{CLOBBER} and\n\
992 @code{USE}, which normally are not counted against the issue rate.\n\
993 You should define this hook if some insns take more machine resources\n\
994 than others, so that fewer insns can follow them in the same cycle.\n\
995 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
996 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
997 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{insn} is the instruction that\n\
998 was scheduled.",
999 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int more), NULL)
1000
1001 /* Initialize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1002 DEFHOOK
1003 (init,
1004 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the beginning of each block of\n\
1005 instructions that are to be scheduled. @var{file} is either a null\n\
1006 pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to. @var{verbose}\n\
1007 is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1008 @var{max_ready} is the maximum number of insns in the current scheduling\n\
1009 region that can be live at the same time. This can be used to allocate\n\
1010 scratch space if it is needed, e.g.@: by @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}.",
1011 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int max_ready), NULL)
1012
1013 /* Finalize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1014 DEFHOOK
1015 (finish,
1016 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the end of each block of\n\
1017 instructions that are to be scheduled. It can be used to perform\n\
1018 cleanup of any actions done by the other scheduling hooks. @var{file}\n\
1019 is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output\n\
1020 to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1021 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1022 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1023
1024 /* Initialize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1025 DEFHOOK
1026 (init_global,
1027 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after function level initializations.\n\
1028 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1029 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1030 @var{old_max_uid} is the maximum insn uid when scheduling begins.",
1031 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int old_max_uid), NULL)
1032
1033 /* Finalize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1034 DEFHOOK
1035 (finish_global,
1036 "This is the cleanup hook corresponding to @code{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL}.\n\
1037 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1038 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1039 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1040
1041 /* Reorder insns in a machine-dependent fashion, in two different
1042 places. Default does nothing. */
1043 DEFHOOK
1044 (reorder,
1045 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled the ready\n\
1046 list, to allow the machine description to reorder it (for example to\n\
1047 combine two small instructions together on @samp{VLIW} machines).\n\
1048 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1049 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1050 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{ready} is a pointer to the ready\n\
1051 list of instructions that are ready to be scheduled. @var{n_readyp} is\n\
1052 a pointer to the number of elements in the ready list. The scheduler\n\
1053 reads the ready list in reverse order, starting with\n\
1054 @var{ready}[@var{*n_readyp} @minus{} 1] and going to @var{ready}[0]. @var{clock}\n\
1055 is the timer tick of the scheduler. You may modify the ready list and\n\
1056 the number of ready insns. The return value is the number of insns that\n\
1057 can issue this cycle; normally this is just @code{issue_rate}. See also\n\
1058 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}.",
1059 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1060
1061 DEFHOOK
1062 (reorder2,
1063 "Like @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}, but called at a different time. That\n\
1064 function is called whenever the scheduler starts a new cycle. This one\n\
1065 is called once per iteration over a cycle, immediately after\n\
1066 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}; it can reorder the ready list and\n\
1067 return the number of insns to be scheduled in the same cycle. Defining\n\
1068 this hook can be useful if there are frequent situations where\n\
1069 scheduling one insn causes other insns to become ready in the same\n\
1070 cycle. These other insns can then be taken into account properly.",
1071 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1072
1073 DEFHOOK
1074 (macro_fusion_p,
1075 "This hook is used to check whether target platform supports macro fusion.",
1076 bool, (void), NULL)
1077
1078 DEFHOOK
1079 (macro_fusion_pair_p,
1080 "This hook is used to check whether two insns should be macro fused for\n\
1081 a target microarchitecture. If this hook returns true for the given insn pair\n\
1082 (@var{prev} and @var{curr}), the scheduler will put them into a sched\n\
1083 group, and they will not be scheduled apart. The two insns will be either\n\
1084 two SET insns or a compare and a conditional jump and this hook should\n\
1085 validate any dependencies needed to fuse the two insns together.",
1086 bool, (rtx_insn *prev, rtx_insn *curr), NULL)
1087
1088 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1089 after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in chain given
1090 by two parameter values (head and tail correspondingly). */
1091 DEFHOOK
1092 (dependencies_evaluation_hook,
1093 "This hook is called after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in\n\
1094 chain given by two parameter values (@var{head} and @var{tail}\n\
1095 correspondingly) but before insns scheduling of the insn chain. For\n\
1096 example, it can be used for better insn classification if it requires\n\
1097 analysis of dependencies. This hook can use backward and forward\n\
1098 dependencies of the insn scheduler because they are already\n\
1099 calculated.",
1100 void, (rtx_insn *head, rtx_insn *tail), NULL)
1101
1102 /* The values of the following four members are pointers to functions
1103 used to simplify the automaton descriptions. dfa_pre_cycle_insn and
1104 dfa_post_cycle_insn give functions returning insns which are used to
1105 change the pipeline hazard recognizer state when the new simulated
1106 processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. The function
1107 defined by init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn and init_dfa_post_cycle_insn are
1108 used to initialize the corresponding insns. The default values of
1109 the members result in not changing the automaton state when the
1110 new simulated processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. */
1111
1112 DEFHOOK
1113 (init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1114 "The hook can be used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1115 void, (void), NULL)
1116
1117 DEFHOOK
1118 (dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1119 "The hook returns an RTL insn. The automaton state used in the\n\
1120 pipeline hazard recognizer is changed as if the insn were scheduled\n\
1121 when the new simulated processor cycle starts. Usage of the hook may\n\
1122 simplify the automaton pipeline description for some @acronym{VLIW}\n\
1123 processors. If the hook is defined, it is used only for the automaton\n\
1124 based pipeline description. The default is not to change the state\n\
1125 when the new simulated processor cycle starts.",
1126 rtx, (void), NULL)
1127
1128 DEFHOOK
1129 (init_dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1130 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but\n\
1131 used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1132 void, (void), NULL)
1133
1134 DEFHOOK
1135 (dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1136 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1137 to changed the state as if the insn were scheduled when the new\n\
1138 simulated processor cycle finishes.",
1139 rtx_insn *, (void), NULL)
1140
1141 /* The values of the following two members are pointers to
1142 functions used to simplify the automaton descriptions.
1143 dfa_pre_advance_cycle and dfa_post_advance_cycle are getting called
1144 immediately before and after cycle is advanced. */
1145
1146 DEFHOOK
1147 (dfa_pre_advance_cycle,
1148 "The hook to notify target that the current simulated cycle is about to finish.\n\
1149 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1150 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1151 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1152 void, (void), NULL)
1153
1154 DEFHOOK
1155 (dfa_post_advance_cycle,
1156 "The hook to notify target that new simulated cycle has just started.\n\
1157 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1158 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1159 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1160 void, (void), NULL)
1161
1162 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function returning value
1163 which defines how many insns in queue `ready' will we try for
1164 multi-pass scheduling. If the member value is nonzero and the
1165 function returns positive value, the DFA based scheduler will make
1166 multi-pass scheduling for the first cycle. In other words, we will
1167 try to choose ready insn which permits to start maximum number of
1168 insns on the same cycle. */
1169 DEFHOOK
1170 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead,
1171 "This hook controls better choosing an insn from the ready insn queue\n\
1172 for the @acronym{DFA}-based insn scheduler. Usually the scheduler\n\
1173 chooses the first insn from the queue. If the hook returns a positive\n\
1174 value, an additional scheduler code tries all permutations of\n\
1175 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD ()}\n\
1176 subsequent ready insns to choose an insn whose issue will result in\n\
1177 maximal number of issued insns on the same cycle. For the\n\
1178 @acronym{VLIW} processor, the code could actually solve the problem of\n\
1179 packing simple insns into the @acronym{VLIW} insn. Of course, if the\n\
1180 rules of @acronym{VLIW} packing are described in the automaton.\n\
1181 \n\
1182 This code also could be used for superscalar @acronym{RISC}\n\
1183 processors. Let us consider a superscalar @acronym{RISC} processor\n\
1184 with 3 pipelines. Some insns can be executed in pipelines @var{A} or\n\
1185 @var{B}, some insns can be executed only in pipelines @var{B} or\n\
1186 @var{C}, and one insn can be executed in pipeline @var{B}. The\n\
1187 processor may issue the 1st insn into @var{A} and the 2nd one into\n\
1188 @var{B}. In this case, the 3rd insn will wait for freeing @var{B}\n\
1189 until the next cycle. If the scheduler issues the 3rd insn the first,\n\
1190 the processor could issue all 3 insns per cycle.\n\
1191 \n\
1192 Actually this code demonstrates advantages of the automaton based\n\
1193 pipeline hazard recognizer. We try quickly and easy many insn\n\
1194 schedules to choose the best one.\n\
1195 \n\
1196 The default is no multipass scheduling.",
1197 int, (void), NULL)
1198
1199 /* The following member value is pointer to a function controlling
1200 what insns from the ready insn queue will be considered for the
1201 multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns zero for insn
1202 passed as the parameter, the insn will be not chosen to be issued. */
1203 DEFHOOK
1204 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead_guard,
1205 "\n\
1206 This hook controls what insns from the ready insn queue will be\n\
1207 considered for the multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns\n\
1208 zero for @var{insn}, the insn will be considered in multipass scheduling.\n\
1209 Positive return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration on\n\
1210 the current round of multipass scheduling.\n\
1211 Negative return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration for given\n\
1212 number of cycles.\n\
1213 Backends should be careful about returning non-zero for highest priority\n\
1214 instruction at position 0 in the ready list. @var{ready_index} is passed\n\
1215 to allow backends make correct judgements.\n\
1216 \n\
1217 The default is that any ready insns can be chosen to be issued.",
1218 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int ready_index), NULL)
1219
1220 /* This hook prepares the target for a new round of multipass
1221 scheduling.
1222 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data used for multipass scheduling.
1223 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1224 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1225 should not be tried during current round by setting corresponding
1226 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1227 FIRST_CYCLE_INSN_P is true if this is the first round of multipass
1228 scheduling on current cycle. */
1229 DEFHOOK
1230 (first_cycle_multipass_begin,
1231 "This hook prepares the target backend for a new round of multipass\n\
1232 scheduling.",
1233 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, bool first_cycle_insn_p),
1234 NULL)
1235
1236 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.
1237 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that can be used to record effects
1238 of INSN on CPU that are not described in DFA.
1239 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1240 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1241 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1242 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1243 INSN is the instruction being evaluated.
1244 PREV_DATA is a pointer to target-specific data corresponding
1245 to a state before issuing INSN. */
1246 DEFHOOK
1247 (first_cycle_multipass_issue,
1248 "This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.",
1249 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, rtx_insn *insn,
1250 const void *prev_data), NULL)
1251
1252 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of
1253 instruction corresponding to DATA.
1254 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1255 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1256 described in DFA.
1257 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1258 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1259 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1260 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero. */
1261 DEFHOOK
1262 (first_cycle_multipass_backtrack,
1263 "This is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of\n\
1264 an instruction.",
1265 void, (const void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready), NULL)
1266
1267 /* This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current
1268 round of multipass scheduling.
1269 DATA is a pointer.
1270 If DATA is non-NULL it points to target-specific data used for multipass
1271 scheduling which corresponds to instruction at the start of the chain of
1272 the winning solution. DATA is NULL when multipass scheduling cannot find
1273 a good enough solution on current cycle and decides to retry later,
1274 usually after advancing the cycle count. */
1275 DEFHOOK
1276 (first_cycle_multipass_end,
1277 "This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current\n\
1278 round of multipass scheduling.",
1279 void, (const void *data), NULL)
1280
1281 /* This hook is called to initialize target-specific data for multipass
1282 scheduling after it has been allocated.
1283 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1284 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1285 described in DFA. */
1286 DEFHOOK
1287 (first_cycle_multipass_init,
1288 "This hook initializes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1289 void, (void *data), NULL)
1290
1291 /* This hook is called to finalize target-specific data for multipass
1292 scheduling before it is deallocated.
1293 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1294 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1295 described in DFA. */
1296 DEFHOOK
1297 (first_cycle_multipass_fini,
1298 "This hook finalizes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1299 void, (void *data), NULL)
1300
1301 /* The following member value is pointer to a function called by
1302 the insn scheduler before issuing insn passed as the third
1303 parameter on given cycle. If the hook returns nonzero, the
1304 insn is not issued on given processors cycle. Instead of that,
1305 the processor cycle is advanced. If the value passed through
1306 the last parameter is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted
1307 on the new cycle start as usually. The first parameter passes
1308 file for debugging output. The second one passes the scheduler
1309 verbose level of the debugging output. The forth and the fifth
1310 parameter values are correspondingly processor cycle on which
1311 the previous insn has been issued and the current processor cycle. */
1312 DEFHOOK
1313 (dfa_new_cycle,
1314 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler before issuing @var{insn}\n\
1315 on cycle @var{clock}. If the hook returns nonzero,\n\
1316 @var{insn} is not issued on this processor cycle. Instead,\n\
1317 the processor cycle is advanced. If *@var{sort_p}\n\
1318 is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted on the new cycle\n\
1319 start as usually. @var{dump} and @var{verbose} specify the file and\n\
1320 verbosity level to use for debugging output.\n\
1321 @var{last_clock} and @var{clock} are, respectively, the\n\
1322 processor cycle on which the previous insn has been issued,\n\
1323 and the current processor cycle.",
1324 int, (FILE *dump, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int last_clock,
1325 int clock, int *sort_p),
1326 NULL)
1327
1328 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called by the
1329 insn scheduler. It should return true if there exists a dependence
1330 which is considered costly by the target, between the insn
1331 DEP_PRO (&_DEP), and the insn DEP_CON (&_DEP). The first parameter is
1332 the dep that represents the dependence between the two insns. The
1333 second argument is the cost of the dependence as estimated by
1334 the scheduler. The last argument is the distance in cycles
1335 between the already scheduled insn (first parameter) and the
1336 second insn (second parameter). */
1337 DEFHOOK
1338 (is_costly_dependence,
1339 "This hook is used to define which dependences are considered costly by\n\
1340 the target, so costly that it is not advisable to schedule the insns that\n\
1341 are involved in the dependence too close to one another. The parameters\n\
1342 to this hook are as follows: The first parameter @var{_dep} is the dependence\n\
1343 being evaluated. The second parameter @var{cost} is the cost of the\n\
1344 dependence as estimated by the scheduler, and the third\n\
1345 parameter @var{distance} is the distance in cycles between the two insns.\n\
1346 The hook returns @code{true} if considering the distance between the two\n\
1347 insns the dependence between them is considered costly by the target,\n\
1348 and @code{false} otherwise.\n\
1349 \n\
1350 Defining this hook can be useful in multiple-issue out-of-order machines,\n\
1351 where (a) it's practically hopeless to predict the actual data/resource\n\
1352 delays, however: (b) there's a better chance to predict the actual grouping\n\
1353 that will be formed, and (c) correctly emulating the grouping can be very\n\
1354 important. In such targets one may want to allow issuing dependent insns\n\
1355 closer to one another---i.e., closer than the dependence distance; however,\n\
1356 not in cases of ``costly dependences'', which this hooks allows to define.",
1357 bool, (struct _dep *_dep, int cost, int distance), NULL)
1358
1359 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1360 by the insn scheduler. This hook is called to notify the backend
1361 that new instructions were emitted. */
1362 DEFHOOK
1363 (h_i_d_extended,
1364 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler after emitting a new instruction to\n\
1365 the instruction stream. The hook notifies a target backend to extend its\n\
1366 per instruction data structures.",
1367 void, (void), NULL)
1368
1369 /* Next 5 functions are for multi-point scheduling. */
1370
1371 /* Allocate memory for scheduler context. */
1372 DEFHOOK
1373 (alloc_sched_context,
1374 "Return a pointer to a store large enough to hold target scheduling context.",
1375 void *, (void), NULL)
1376
1377 /* Fills the context from the local machine scheduler context. */
1378 DEFHOOK
1379 (init_sched_context,
1380 "Initialize store pointed to by @var{tc} to hold target scheduling context.\n\
1381 It @var{clean_p} is true then initialize @var{tc} as if scheduler is at the\n\
1382 beginning of the block. Otherwise, copy the current context into @var{tc}.",
1383 void, (void *tc, bool clean_p), NULL)
1384
1385 /* Sets local machine scheduler context to a saved value. */
1386 DEFHOOK
1387 (set_sched_context,
1388 "Copy target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc} to the current context.",
1389 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1390
1391 /* Clears a scheduler context so it becomes like after init. */
1392 DEFHOOK
1393 (clear_sched_context,
1394 "Deallocate internal data in target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1395 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1396
1397 /* Frees the scheduler context. */
1398 DEFHOOK
1399 (free_sched_context,
1400 "Deallocate a store for target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1401 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1402
1403 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1404 by the insn scheduler.
1405 The first parameter is an instruction, the second parameter is the type
1406 of the requested speculation, and the third parameter is a pointer to the
1407 speculative pattern of the corresponding type (set if return value == 1).
1408 It should return
1409 -1, if there is no pattern, that will satisfy the requested speculation type,
1410 0, if current pattern satisfies the requested speculation type,
1411 1, if pattern of the instruction should be changed to the newly
1412 generated one. */
1413 DEFHOOK
1414 (speculate_insn,
1415 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler when @var{insn} has only\n\
1416 speculative dependencies and therefore can be scheduled speculatively.\n\
1417 The hook is used to check if the pattern of @var{insn} has a speculative\n\
1418 version and, in case of successful check, to generate that speculative\n\
1419 pattern. The hook should return 1, if the instruction has a speculative form,\n\
1420 or @minus{}1, if it doesn't. @var{request} describes the type of requested\n\
1421 speculation. If the return value equals 1 then @var{new_pat} is assigned\n\
1422 the generated speculative pattern.",
1423 int, (rtx_insn *insn, unsigned int dep_status, rtx *new_pat), NULL)
1424
1425 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1426 by the insn scheduler. It should return true if the check instruction
1427 passed as the parameter needs a recovery block. */
1428 DEFHOOK
1429 (needs_block_p,
1430 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler during generation of recovery code\n\
1431 for @var{insn}. It should return @code{true}, if the corresponding check\n\
1432 instruction should branch to recovery code, or @code{false} otherwise.",
1433 bool, (unsigned int dep_status), NULL)
1434
1435 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1436 by the insn scheduler. It should return a pattern for the check
1437 instruction.
1438 The first parameter is a speculative instruction, the second parameter
1439 is the label of the corresponding recovery block (or null, if it is a
1440 simple check). The third parameter is the kind of speculation that
1441 is being performed. */
1442 DEFHOOK
1443 (gen_spec_check,
1444 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler to generate a pattern for recovery\n\
1445 check instruction. If @var{mutate_p} is zero, then @var{insn} is a\n\
1446 speculative instruction for which the check should be generated.\n\
1447 @var{label} is either a label of a basic block, where recovery code should\n\
1448 be emitted, or a null pointer, when requested check doesn't branch to\n\
1449 recovery code (a simple check). If @var{mutate_p} is nonzero, then\n\
1450 a pattern for a branchy check corresponding to a simple check denoted by\n\
1451 @var{insn} should be generated. In this case @var{label} can't be null.",
1452 rtx, (rtx_insn *insn, rtx_insn *label, unsigned int ds), NULL)
1453
1454 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1455 information about the speculation capabilities of the target.
1456 The parameter is a pointer to spec_info variable. */
1457 DEFHOOK
1458 (set_sched_flags,
1459 "This hook is used by the insn scheduler to find out what features should be\n\
1460 enabled/used.\n\
1461 The structure *@var{spec_info} should be filled in by the target.\n\
1462 The structure describes speculation types that can be used in the scheduler.",
1463 void, (struct spec_info_def *spec_info), NULL)
1464
1465 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1466 (get_insn_spec_ds,
1467 "Return speculation types of instruction @var{insn}.",
1468 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1469
1470 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1471 (get_insn_checked_ds,
1472 "Return speculation types that are checked for instruction @var{insn}",
1473 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1474
1475 DEFHOOK
1476 (can_speculate_insn,
1477 "Some instructions should never be speculated by the schedulers, usually\n\
1478 because the instruction is too expensive to get this wrong. Often such\n\
1479 instructions have long latency, and often they are not fully modeled in the\n\
1480 pipeline descriptions. This hook should return @code{false} if @var{insn}\n\
1481 should not be speculated.",
1482 bool, (rtx_insn *insn), hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
1483
1484 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1485 (skip_rtx_p,
1486 "Return bool if rtx scanning should just skip current layer and\
1487 advance to the inner rtxes.",
1488 bool, (const_rtx x), NULL)
1489
1490 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1491 information about the target resource-based lower bound which is
1492 used by the swing modulo scheduler. The parameter is a pointer
1493 to ddg variable. */
1494 DEFHOOK
1495 (sms_res_mii,
1496 "This hook is called by the swing modulo scheduler to calculate a\n\
1497 resource-based lower bound which is based on the resources available in\n\
1498 the machine and the resources required by each instruction. The target\n\
1499 backend can use @var{g} to calculate such bound. A very simple lower\n\
1500 bound will be used in case this hook is not implemented: the total number\n\
1501 of instructions divided by the issue rate.",
1502 int, (struct ddg *g), NULL)
1503
1504 /* The following member value is a function that initializes dispatch
1505 schedling and adds instructions to dispatch window according to its
1506 parameters. */
1507 DEFHOOK
1508 (dispatch_do,
1509 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It performs the operation specified\n\
1510 in its second parameter.",
1511 void, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1512 hook_void_rtx_insn_int)
1513
1514 /* The following member value is a function that returns true is
1515 dispatch schedling is supported in hardware and condition passed
1516 as the second parameter is true. */
1517 DEFHOOK
1518 (dispatch,
1519 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It returns true if dispatch scheduling\n\
1520 is supported in hardware and the condition specified in the parameter is true.",
1521 bool, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1522 hook_bool_rtx_insn_int_false)
1523
1524 DEFHOOKPOD
1525 (exposed_pipeline,
1526 "True if the processor has an exposed pipeline, which means that not just\n\
1527 the order of instructions is important for correctness when scheduling, but\n\
1528 also the latencies of operations.",
1529 bool, false)
1530
1531 /* The following member value is a function that returns number
1532 of operations reassociator should try to put in parallel for
1533 statements of the given type. By default 1 is used. */
1534 DEFHOOK
1535 (reassociation_width,
1536 "This hook is called by tree reassociator to determine a level of\n\
1537 parallelism required in output calculations chain.",
1538 int, (unsigned int opc, machine_mode mode),
1539 hook_int_uint_mode_1)
1540
1541 /* The following member value is a function that returns priority for
1542 fusion of each instruction via pointer parameters. */
1543 DEFHOOK
1544 (fusion_priority,
1545 "This hook is called by scheduling fusion pass. It calculates fusion\n\
1546 priorities for each instruction passed in by parameter. The priorities\n\
1547 are returned via pointer parameters.\n\
1548 \n\
1549 @var{insn} is the instruction whose priorities need to be calculated.\n\
1550 @var{max_pri} is the maximum priority can be returned in any cases.\n\
1551 @var{fusion_pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s\n\
1552 fusion priority should be calculated and returned.\n\
1553 @var{pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s priority\n\
1554 should be calculated and returned.\n\
1555 \n\
1556 Same @var{fusion_pri} should be returned for instructions which should\n\
1557 be scheduled together. Different @var{pri} should be returned for\n\
1558 instructions with same @var{fusion_pri}. @var{fusion_pri} is the major\n\
1559 sort key, @var{pri} is the minor sort key. All instructions will be\n\
1560 scheduled according to the two priorities. All priorities calculated\n\
1561 should be between 0 (exclusive) and @var{max_pri} (inclusive). To avoid\n\
1562 false dependencies, @var{fusion_pri} of instructions which need to be\n\
1563 scheduled together should be smaller than @var{fusion_pri} of irrelevant\n\
1564 instructions.\n\
1565 \n\
1566 Given below example:\n\
1567 \n\
1568 @smallexample\n\
1569 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1570 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1571 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1572 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1573 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1574 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1575 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1576 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1577 @end smallexample\n\
1578 \n\
1579 On targets like ARM/AArch64, the two pairs of consecutive loads should be\n\
1580 merged. Since peephole2 pass can't help in this case unless consecutive\n\
1581 loads are actually next to each other in instruction flow. That's where\n\
1582 this scheduling fusion pass works. This hook calculates priority for each\n\
1583 instruction based on its fustion type, like:\n\
1584 \n\
1585 @smallexample\n\
1586 ldr r10, [r1, 4] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=96\n\
1587 add r4, r4, r10 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1588 ldr r15, [r2, 8] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=92\n\
1589 sub r5, r5, r15 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1590 ldr r11, [r1, 0] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=100\n\
1591 add r4, r4, r11 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1592 ldr r16, [r2, 12] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=88\n\
1593 sub r5, r5, r16 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1594 @end smallexample\n\
1595 \n\
1596 Scheduling fusion pass then sorts all ready to issue instructions according\n\
1597 to the priorities. As a result, instructions of same fusion type will be\n\
1598 pushed together in instruction flow, like:\n\
1599 \n\
1600 @smallexample\n\
1601 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1602 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1603 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1604 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1605 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1606 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1607 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1608 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1609 @end smallexample\n\
1610 \n\
1611 Now peephole2 pass can simply merge the two pairs of loads.\n\
1612 \n\
1613 Since scheduling fusion pass relies on peephole2 to do real fusion\n\
1614 work, it is only enabled by default when peephole2 is in effect.\n\
1615 \n\
1616 This is firstly introduced on ARM/AArch64 targets, please refer to\n\
1617 the hook implementation for how different fusion types are supported.",
1618 void, (rtx_insn *insn, int max_pri, int *fusion_pri, int *pri), NULL)
1619
1620 HOOK_VECTOR_END (sched)
1621
1622 /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMD and __attribute__((simd)) clones. */
1623 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1624 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_"
1625 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMD_CLONE, simd_clone)
1626
1627 DEFHOOK
1628 (compute_vecsize_and_simdlen,
1629 "This hook should set @var{vecsize_mangle}, @var{vecsize_int}, @var{vecsize_float}\n\
1630 fields in @var{simd_clone} structure pointed by @var{clone_info} argument and also\n\
1631 @var{simdlen} field if it was previously 0.\n\
1632 @var{vecsize_mangle} is a marker for the backend only. @var{vecsize_int} and\n\
1633 @var{vecsize_float} should be left zero on targets where the number of lanes is\n\
1634 not determined by the bitsize (in which case @var{simdlen} is always used).\n\
1635 The hook should return 0 if SIMD clones shouldn't be emitted,\n\
1636 or number of @var{vecsize_mangle} variants that should be emitted.",
1637 int, (struct cgraph_node *, struct cgraph_simd_clone *, tree, int), NULL)
1638
1639 DEFHOOK
1640 (adjust,
1641 "This hook should add implicit @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))} attribute\n\
1642 to SIMD clone @var{node} if needed.",
1643 void, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1644
1645 DEFHOOK
1646 (usable,
1647 "This hook should return -1 if SIMD clone @var{node} shouldn't be used\n\
1648 in vectorized loops in current function, or non-negative number if it is\n\
1649 usable. In that case, the smaller the number is, the more desirable it is\n\
1650 to use it.",
1651 int, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1652
1653 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simd_clone)
1654
1655 /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMT vectorization transform. */
1656 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1657 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMT_"
1658 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMT, simt)
1659
1660 DEFHOOK
1661 (vf,
1662 "Return number of threads in SIMT thread group on the target.",
1663 int, (void), NULL)
1664
1665 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simt)
1666
1667 /* Functions relating to OpenMP. */
1668 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1669 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OMP_"
1670 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OMP, omp)
1671
1672 DEFHOOK
1673 (device_kind_arch_isa,
1674 "Return 1 if @var{trait} @var{name} is present in the OpenMP context's\n\
1675 device trait set, return 0 if not present in any OpenMP context in the\n\
1676 whole translation unit, or -1 if not present in the current OpenMP context\n\
1677 but might be present in another OpenMP context in the same TU.",
1678 int, (enum omp_device_kind_arch_isa trait, const char *name), NULL)
1679
1680 HOOK_VECTOR_END (omp)
1681
1682 /* Functions relating to openacc. */
1683 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1684 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_GOACC_"
1685 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_GOACC, goacc)
1686
1687 DEFHOOK
1688 (validate_dims,
1689 "This hook should check the launch dimensions provided for an OpenACC\n\
1690 compute region, or routine. Defaulted values are represented as -1\n\
1691 and non-constant values as 0. The @var{fn_level} is negative for the\n\
1692 function corresponding to the compute region. For a routine it is the\n\
1693 outermost level at which partitioned execution may be spawned. The hook\n\
1694 should verify non-default values. If DECL is NULL, global defaults\n\
1695 are being validated and unspecified defaults should be filled in.\n\
1696 Diagnostics should be issued as appropriate. Return\n\
1697 true, if changes have been made. You must override this hook to\n\
1698 provide dimensions larger than 1.",
1699 bool, (tree decl, int *dims, int fn_level, unsigned used),
1700 default_goacc_validate_dims)
1701
1702 DEFHOOK
1703 (dim_limit,
1704 "This hook should return the maximum size of a particular dimension,\n\
1705 or zero if unbounded.",
1706 int, (int axis),
1707 default_goacc_dim_limit)
1708
1709 DEFHOOK
1710 (fork_join,
1711 "This hook can be used to convert IFN_GOACC_FORK and IFN_GOACC_JOIN\n\
1712 function calls to target-specific gimple, or indicate whether they\n\
1713 should be retained. It is executed during the oacc_device_lower pass.\n\
1714 It should return true, if the call should be retained. It should\n\
1715 return false, if it is to be deleted (either because target-specific\n\
1716 gimple has been inserted before it, or there is no need for it).\n\
1717 The default hook returns false, if there are no RTL expanders for them.",
1718 bool, (gcall *call, const int *dims, bool is_fork),
1719 default_goacc_fork_join)
1720
1721 DEFHOOK
1722 (reduction,
1723 "This hook is used by the oacc_transform pass to expand calls to the\n\
1724 @var{GOACC_REDUCTION} internal function, into a sequence of gimple\n\
1725 instructions. @var{call} is gimple statement containing the call to\n\
1726 the function. This hook removes statement @var{call} after the\n\
1727 expanded sequence has been inserted. This hook is also responsible\n\
1728 for allocating any storage for reductions when necessary.",
1729 void, (gcall *call),
1730 default_goacc_reduction)
1731
1732 DEFHOOK
1733 (adjust_private_decl,
1734 "This hook, if defined, is used by accelerator target back-ends to adjust\n\
1735 OpenACC variable declarations that should be made private to the given\n\
1736 parallelism level (i.e. @code{GOMP_DIM_GANG}, @code{GOMP_DIM_WORKER} or\n\
1737 @code{GOMP_DIM_VECTOR}). A typical use for this hook is to force variable\n\
1738 declarations at the @code{gang} level to reside in GPU shared memory.\n\
1739 @var{loc} may be used for diagnostic purposes.\n\
1740 \n\
1741 You may also use the @code{TARGET_GOACC_EXPAND_VAR_DECL} hook if the\n\
1742 adjusted variable declaration needs to be expanded to RTL in a non-standard\n\
1743 way.",
1744 tree, (location_t loc, tree var, int level),
1745 NULL)
1746
1747 DEFHOOK
1748 (expand_var_decl,
1749 "This hook, if defined, is used by accelerator target back-ends to expand\n\
1750 specially handled kinds of @code{VAR_DECL} expressions. A particular use is\n\
1751 to place variables with specific attributes inside special accelarator\n\
1752 memories. A return value of @code{NULL} indicates that the target does not\n\
1753 handle this @code{VAR_DECL}, and normal RTL expanding is resumed.\n\
1754 \n\
1755 Only define this hook if your accelerator target needs to expand certain\n\
1756 @code{VAR_DECL} nodes in a way that differs from the default. You can also adjust\n\
1757 private variables at OpenACC device-lowering time using the\n\
1758 @code{TARGET_GOACC_ADJUST_PRIVATE_DECL} target hook.",
1759 rtx, (tree var),
1760 NULL)
1761
1762 DEFHOOK
1763 (create_worker_broadcast_record,
1764 "Create a record used to propagate local-variable state from an active\n\
1765 worker to other workers. A possible implementation might adjust the type\n\
1766 of REC to place the new variable in shared GPU memory.\n\
1767 \n\
1768 Presence of this target hook indicates that middle end neutering/broadcasting\n\
1769 be used.",
1770 tree, (tree rec, bool sender, const char *name, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset),
1771 NULL)
1772
1773 DEFHOOK
1774 (shared_mem_layout,
1775 "Lay out a fixed shared-memory region on the target. The LO and HI\n\
1776 arguments should be set to a range of addresses that can be used for worker\n\
1777 broadcasting. The dimensions, reduction size and gang-private size\n\
1778 arguments are for the current offload region.",
1779 void, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT *, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT *, int[],
1780 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT[], unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT[]),
1781 NULL)
1782
1783 HOOK_VECTOR_END (goacc)
1784
1785 /* Functions relating to vectorization. */
1786 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1787 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_VECTORIZE_"
1788 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_VECTORIZE, vectorize)
1789
1790 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1791 by the vectorizer, and return the decl of the target builtin
1792 function. */
1793 DEFHOOK
1794 (builtin_mask_for_load,
1795 "This hook should return the DECL of a function @var{f} that given an\n\
1796 address @var{addr} as an argument returns a mask @var{m} that can be\n\
1797 used to extract from two vectors the relevant data that resides in\n\
1798 @var{addr} in case @var{addr} is not properly aligned.\n\
1799 \n\
1800 The autovectorizer, when vectorizing a load operation from an address\n\
1801 @var{addr} that may be unaligned, will generate two vector loads from\n\
1802 the two aligned addresses around @var{addr}. It then generates a\n\
1803 @code{REALIGN_LOAD} operation to extract the relevant data from the\n\
1804 two loaded vectors. The first two arguments to @code{REALIGN_LOAD},\n\
1805 @var{v1} and @var{v2}, are the two vectors, each of size @var{VS}, and\n\
1806 the third argument, @var{OFF}, defines how the data will be extracted\n\
1807 from these two vectors: if @var{OFF} is 0, then the returned vector is\n\
1808 @var{v2}; otherwise, the returned vector is composed from the last\n\
1809 @var{VS}-@var{OFF} elements of @var{v1} concatenated to the first\n\
1810 @var{OFF} elements of @var{v2}.\n\
1811 \n\
1812 If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will generate a call\n\
1813 to @var{f} (using the DECL tree that this hook returns) and will\n\
1814 use the return value of @var{f} as the argument @var{OFF} to\n\
1815 @code{REALIGN_LOAD}. Therefore, the mask @var{m} returned by @var{f}\n\
1816 should comply with the semantics expected by @code{REALIGN_LOAD}\n\
1817 described above.\n\
1818 If this hook is not defined, then @var{addr} will be used as\n\
1819 the argument @var{OFF} to @code{REALIGN_LOAD}, in which case the low\n\
1820 log2(@var{VS}) @minus{} 1 bits of @var{addr} will be considered.",
1821 tree, (void), NULL)
1822
1823 /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1824 a target-independent function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1825 DEFHOOK
1826 (builtin_vectorized_function,
1827 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1828 vectorized variant of the function with the @code{combined_fn} code\n\
1829 @var{code} or @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.\n\
1830 The return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1831 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1832 tree, (unsigned code, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1833 default_builtin_vectorized_function)
1834
1835 /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1836 a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1837 DEFHOOK
1838 (builtin_md_vectorized_function,
1839 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1840 vectorized variant of target built-in function @code{fndecl}. The\n\
1841 return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1842 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1843 tree, (tree fndecl, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1844 default_builtin_md_vectorized_function)
1845
1846 /* Cost of different vector/scalar statements in vectorization cost
1847 model. In case of misaligned vector loads and stores the cost depends
1848 on the data type and misalignment value. */
1849 DEFHOOK
1850 (builtin_vectorization_cost,
1851 "Returns cost of different scalar or vector statements for vectorization cost model.\n\
1852 For vector memory operations the cost may depend on type (@var{vectype}) and\n\
1853 misalignment value (@var{misalign}).",
1854 int, (enum vect_cost_for_stmt type_of_cost, tree vectype, int misalign),
1855 default_builtin_vectorization_cost)
1856
1857 DEFHOOK
1858 (preferred_vector_alignment,
1859 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for accesses to\n\
1860 vectors of type @var{type} in vectorized code. This might be less than\n\
1861 or greater than the ABI-defined value returned by\n\
1862 @code{TARGET_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT}. It can be equal to the alignment of\n\
1863 a single element, in which case the vectorizer will not try to optimize\n\
1864 for alignment.\n\
1865 \n\
1866 The default hook returns @code{TYPE_ALIGN (@var{type})}, which is\n\
1867 correct for most targets.",
1868 poly_uint64, (const_tree type),
1869 default_preferred_vector_alignment)
1870
1871 /* Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N
1872 iterations) for the given scalar type. */
1873 DEFHOOK
1874 (vector_alignment_reachable,
1875 "Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N iterations)\n\
1876 for the given scalar type @var{type}. @var{is_packed} is false if the scalar\n\
1877 access using @var{type} is known to be naturally aligned.",
1878 bool, (const_tree type, bool is_packed),
1879 default_builtin_vector_alignment_reachable)
1880
1881 DEFHOOK
1882 (vec_perm_const,
1883 "This hook is used to test whether the target can permute up to two\n\
1884 vectors of mode @var{op_mode} using the permutation vector @code{sel},\n\
1885 producing a vector of mode @var{mode}. The hook is also used to emit such\n\
1886 a permutation.\n\
1887 \n\
1888 When the hook is being used to test whether the target supports a permutation,\n\
1889 @var{in0}, @var{in1}, and @var{out} are all null. When the hook is being used\n\
1890 to emit a permutation, @var{in0} and @var{in1} are the source vectors of mode\n\
1891 @var{op_mode} and @var{out} is the destination vector of mode @var{mode}.\n\
1892 @var{in1} is the same as @var{in0} if @var{sel} describes a permutation on one\n\
1893 vector instead of two.\n\
1894 \n\
1895 Return true if the operation is possible, emitting instructions for it\n\
1896 if rtxes are provided.\n\
1897 \n\
1898 @cindex @code{vec_perm@var{m}} instruction pattern\n\
1899 If the hook returns false for a mode with multibyte elements, GCC will\n\
1900 try the equivalent byte operation. If that also fails, it will try forcing\n\
1901 the selector into a register and using the @var{vec_perm@var{mode}}\n\
1902 instruction pattern. There is no need for the hook to handle these two\n\
1903 implementation approaches itself.",
1904 bool, (machine_mode mode, machine_mode op_mode, rtx output, rtx in0, rtx in1,
1905 const vec_perm_indices &sel),
1906 NULL)
1907
1908 /* Return true if the target supports misaligned store/load of a
1909 specific factor denoted in the third parameter. The last parameter
1910 is true if the access is defined in a packed struct. */
1911 DEFHOOK
1912 (support_vector_misalignment,
1913 "This hook should return true if the target supports misaligned vector\n\
1914 store/load of a specific factor denoted in the @var{misalignment}\n\
1915 parameter. The vector store/load should be of machine mode @var{mode} and\n\
1916 the elements in the vectors should be of type @var{type}. @var{is_packed}\n\
1917 parameter is true if the memory access is defined in a packed struct.",
1918 bool,
1919 (machine_mode mode, const_tree type, int misalignment, bool is_packed),
1920 default_builtin_support_vector_misalignment)
1921
1922 /* Returns the preferred mode for SIMD operations for the specified
1923 scalar mode. */
1924 DEFHOOK
1925 (preferred_simd_mode,
1926 "This hook should return the preferred mode for vectorizing scalar\n\
1927 mode @var{mode}. The default is\n\
1928 equal to @code{word_mode}, because the vectorizer can do some\n\
1929 transformations even in absence of specialized @acronym{SIMD} hardware.",
1930 machine_mode,
1931 (scalar_mode mode),
1932 default_preferred_simd_mode)
1933
1934 /* Returns the preferred mode for splitting SIMD reductions to. */
1935 DEFHOOK
1936 (split_reduction,
1937 "This hook should return the preferred mode to split the final reduction\n\
1938 step on @var{mode} to. The reduction is then carried out reducing upper\n\
1939 against lower halves of vectors recursively until the specified mode is\n\
1940 reached. The default is @var{mode} which means no splitting.",
1941 machine_mode,
1942 (machine_mode),
1943 default_split_reduction)
1944
1945 /* Returns a mask of vector sizes to iterate over when auto-vectorizing
1946 after processing the preferred one derived from preferred_simd_mode. */
1947 DEFHOOK
1948 (autovectorize_vector_modes,
1949 "If using the mode returned by @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE}\n\
1950 is not the only approach worth considering, this hook should add one mode to\n\
1951 @var{modes} for each useful alternative approach. These modes are then\n\
1952 passed to @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_RELATED_MODE} to obtain the vector mode\n\
1953 for a given element mode.\n\
1954 \n\
1955 The modes returned in @var{modes} should use the smallest element mode\n\
1956 possible for the vectorization approach that they represent, preferring\n\
1957 integer modes over floating-poing modes in the event of a tie. The first\n\
1958 mode should be the @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} for its\n\
1959 element mode.\n\
1960 \n\
1961 If @var{all} is true, add suitable vector modes even when they are generally\n\
1962 not expected to be worthwhile.\n\
1963 \n\
1964 The hook returns a bitmask of flags that control how the modes in\n\
1965 @var{modes} are used. The flags are:\n\
1966 @table @code\n\
1967 @item VECT_COMPARE_COSTS\n\
1968 Tells the loop vectorizer to try all the provided modes and pick the one\n\
1969 with the lowest cost. By default the vectorizer will choose the first\n\
1970 mode that works.\n\
1971 @end table\n\
1972 \n\
1973 The hook does not need to do anything if the vector returned by\n\
1974 @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} is the only one relevant\n\
1975 for autovectorization. The default implementation adds no modes and\n\
1976 returns 0.",
1977 unsigned int,
1978 (vector_modes *modes, bool all),
1979 default_autovectorize_vector_modes)
1980
1981 DEFHOOK
1982 (related_mode,
1983 "If a piece of code is using vector mode @var{vector_mode} and also wants\n\
1984 to operate on elements of mode @var{element_mode}, return the vector mode\n\
1985 it should use for those elements. If @var{nunits} is nonzero, ensure that\n\
1986 the mode has exactly @var{nunits} elements, otherwise pick whichever vector\n\
1987 size pairs the most naturally with @var{vector_mode}. Return an empty\n\
1988 @code{opt_machine_mode} if there is no supported vector mode with the\n\
1989 required properties.\n\
1990 \n\
1991 There is no prescribed way of handling the case in which @var{nunits}\n\
1992 is zero. One common choice is to pick a vector mode with the same size\n\
1993 as @var{vector_mode}; this is the natural choice if the target has a\n\
1994 fixed vector size. Another option is to choose a vector mode with the\n\
1995 same number of elements as @var{vector_mode}; this is the natural choice\n\
1996 if the target has a fixed number of elements. Alternatively, the hook\n\
1997 might choose a middle ground, such as trying to keep the number of\n\
1998 elements as similar as possible while applying maximum and minimum\n\
1999 vector sizes.\n\
2000 \n\
2001 The default implementation uses @code{mode_for_vector} to find the\n\
2002 requested mode, returning a mode with the same size as @var{vector_mode}\n\
2003 when @var{nunits} is zero. This is the correct behavior for most targets.",
2004 opt_machine_mode,
2005 (machine_mode vector_mode, scalar_mode element_mode, poly_uint64 nunits),
2006 default_vectorize_related_mode)
2007
2008 /* Function to get a target mode for a vector mask. */
2009 DEFHOOK
2010 (get_mask_mode,
2011 "Return the mode to use for a vector mask that holds one boolean\n\
2012 result for each element of vector mode @var{mode}. The returned mask mode\n\
2013 can be a vector of integers (class @code{MODE_VECTOR_INT}), a vector of\n\
2014 booleans (class @code{MODE_VECTOR_BOOL}) or a scalar integer (class\n\
2015 @code{MODE_INT}). Return an empty @code{opt_machine_mode} if no such\n\
2016 mask mode exists.\n\
2017 \n\
2018 The default implementation returns a @code{MODE_VECTOR_INT} with the\n\
2019 same size and number of elements as @var{mode}, if such a mode exists.",
2020 opt_machine_mode,
2021 (machine_mode mode),
2022 default_get_mask_mode)
2023
2024 /* Function to say whether a masked operation is expensive when the
2025 mask is all zeros. */
2026 DEFHOOK
2027 (empty_mask_is_expensive,
2028 "This hook returns true if masked internal function @var{ifn} (really of\n\
2029 type @code{internal_fn}) should be considered expensive when the mask is\n\
2030 all zeros. GCC can then try to branch around the instruction instead.",
2031 bool,
2032 (unsigned ifn),
2033 default_empty_mask_is_expensive)
2034
2035 /* Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. */
2036 DEFHOOK
2037 (builtin_gather,
2038 "Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. @var{mem_vectype}\n\
2039 is the vector type of the load and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
2040 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
2041 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize gather\n\
2042 loads.",
2043 tree,
2044 (const_tree mem_vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
2045 NULL)
2046
2047 /* Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. */
2048 DEFHOOK
2049 (builtin_scatter,
2050 "Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. @var{vectype}\n\
2051 is the vector type of the store and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
2052 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
2053 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize scatter\n\
2054 stores.",
2055 tree,
2056 (const_tree vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
2057 NULL)
2058
2059 /* Target function to initialize the cost model for a loop or block. */
2060 DEFHOOK
2061 (create_costs,
2062 "This hook should initialize target-specific data structures in preparation\n\
2063 for modeling the costs of vectorizing a loop or basic block. The default\n\
2064 allocates three unsigned integers for accumulating costs for the prologue,\n\
2065 body, and epilogue of the loop or basic block. If @var{loop_info} is\n\
2066 non-NULL, it identifies the loop being vectorized; otherwise a single block\n\
2067 is being vectorized. If @var{costing_for_scalar} is true, it indicates the\n\
2068 current cost model is for the scalar version of a loop or block; otherwise\n\
2069 it is for the vector version.",
2070 class vector_costs *,
2071 (vec_info *vinfo, bool costing_for_scalar),
2072 default_vectorize_create_costs)
2073
2074 HOOK_VECTOR_END (vectorize)
2075
2076 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
2077 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
2078
2079 DEFHOOK
2080 (preferred_else_value,
2081 "This hook returns the target's preferred final argument for a call\n\
2082 to conditional internal function @var{ifn} (really of type\n\
2083 @code{internal_fn}). @var{type} specifies the return type of the\n\
2084 function and @var{ops} are the operands to the conditional operation,\n\
2085 of which there are @var{nops}.\n\
2086 \n\
2087 For example, if @var{ifn} is @code{IFN_COND_ADD}, the hook returns\n\
2088 a value of type @var{type} that should be used when @samp{@var{ops}[0]}\n\
2089 and @samp{@var{ops}[1]} are conditionally added together.\n\
2090 \n\
2091 This hook is only relevant if the target supports conditional patterns\n\
2092 like @code{cond_add@var{m}}. The default implementation returns a zero\n\
2093 constant of type @var{type}.",
2094 tree,
2095 (unsigned ifn, tree type, unsigned nops, tree *ops),
2096 default_preferred_else_value)
2097
2098 DEFHOOK
2099 (record_offload_symbol,
2100 "Used when offloaded functions are seen in the compilation unit and no named\n\
2101 sections are available. It is called once for each symbol that must be\n\
2102 recorded in the offload function and variable table.",
2103 void, (tree),
2104 hook_void_tree)
2105
2106 DEFHOOKPOD
2107 (absolute_biggest_alignment,
2108 "If defined, this target hook specifies the absolute biggest alignment\n\
2109 that a type or variable can have on this machine, otherwise,\n\
2110 @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} is used.",
2111 HOST_WIDE_INT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT)
2112
2113 /* Allow target specific overriding of option settings after options have
2114 been changed by an attribute or pragma or when it is reset at the
2115 end of the code affected by an attribute or pragma. */
2116 DEFHOOK
2117 (override_options_after_change,
2118 "This target function is similar to the hook @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}\n\
2119 but is called when the optimize level is changed via an attribute or\n\
2120 pragma or when it is reset at the end of the code affected by the\n\
2121 attribute or pragma. It is not called at the beginning of compilation\n\
2122 when @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} is called so if you want to perform these\n\
2123 actions then, you should have @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} call\n\
2124 @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}.",
2125 void, (void),
2126 hook_void_void)
2127
2128 DEFHOOK
2129 (offload_options,
2130 "Used when writing out the list of options into an LTO file. It should\n\
2131 translate any relevant target-specific options (such as the ABI in use)\n\
2132 into one of the @option{-foffload} options that exist as a common interface\n\
2133 to express such options. It should return a string containing these options,\n\
2134 separated by spaces, which the caller will free.\n",
2135 char *, (void), hook_charptr_void_null)
2136
2137 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2138 (eh_return_filter_mode,
2139 "Return machine mode for filter value.",
2140 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2141 default_eh_return_filter_mode)
2142
2143 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded cmp instructions. */
2144 DEFHOOK
2145 (libgcc_cmp_return_mode,
2146 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the return value\n\
2147 of compare instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2148 @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2149 targets.",
2150 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2151 default_libgcc_cmp_return_mode)
2152
2153 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded shift instructions. */
2154 DEFHOOK
2155 (libgcc_shift_count_mode,
2156 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the shift count operand\n\
2157 of shift instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2158 @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2159 targets.",
2160 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2161 default_libgcc_shift_count_mode)
2162
2163 /* Return machine mode to be used for _Unwind_Word type. */
2164 DEFHOOK
2165 (unwind_word_mode,
2166 "Return machine mode to be used for @code{_Unwind_Word} type.\n\
2167 The default is to use @code{word_mode}.",
2168 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2169 default_unwind_word_mode)
2170
2171 /* Given two decls, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2172 DEFHOOK
2173 (merge_decl_attributes,
2174 "Define this target hook if the merging of decl attributes needs special\n\
2175 handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2176 @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{olddecl} and @var{newdecl}.\n\
2177 @var{newdecl} is a duplicate declaration of @var{olddecl}. Examples of\n\
2178 when this is needed are when one attribute overrides another, or when an\n\
2179 attribute is nullified by a subsequent definition. This function may\n\
2180 call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent merging.\n\
2181 \n\
2182 @findex TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES\n\
2183 If the only target-specific handling you require is @samp{dllimport}\n\
2184 for Microsoft Windows targets, you should define the macro\n\
2185 @code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES} to @code{1}. The compiler\n\
2186 will then define a function called\n\
2187 @code{merge_dllimport_decl_attributes} which can then be defined as\n\
2188 the expansion of @code{TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}. You can also\n\
2189 add @code{handle_dll_attribute} in the attribute table for your port\n\
2190 to perform initial processing of the @samp{dllimport} and\n\
2191 @samp{dllexport} attributes. This is done in @file{i386/cygwin.h} and\n\
2192 @file{i386/i386.cc}, for example.",
2193 tree, (tree olddecl, tree newdecl),
2194 merge_decl_attributes)
2195
2196 /* Given two types, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2197 DEFHOOK
2198 (merge_type_attributes,
2199 "Define this target hook if the merging of type attributes needs special\n\
2200 handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2201 @code{TYPE_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{type1} and @var{type2}. It is assumed\n\
2202 that @code{comptypes} has already been called and returned 1. This\n\
2203 function may call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent\n\
2204 merging.",
2205 tree, (tree type1, tree type2),
2206 merge_type_attributes)
2207
2208 /* Table of machine attributes and functions to handle them.
2209 Ignored if NULL. */
2210 DEFHOOKPOD
2211 (attribute_table,
2212 "If defined, this target hook points to an array of @samp{struct\n\
2213 attribute_spec} (defined in @file{tree-core.h}) specifying the machine\n\
2214 specific attributes for this target and some of the restrictions on the\n\
2215 entities to which these attributes are applied and the arguments they\n\
2216 take.",
2217 const struct attribute_spec *, NULL)
2218
2219 /* Return true iff attribute NAME expects a plain identifier as its first
2220 argument. */
2221 DEFHOOK
2222 (attribute_takes_identifier_p,
2223 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns true if the\n\
2224 machine-specific attribute named @var{name} expects an identifier\n\
2225 given as its first argument to be passed on as a plain identifier, not\n\
2226 subjected to name lookup. If this is not defined, the default is\n\
2227 false for all machine-specific attributes.",
2228 bool, (const_tree name),
2229 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2230
2231 /* Return zero if the attributes on TYPE1 and TYPE2 are incompatible,
2232 one if they are compatible and two if they are nearly compatible
2233 (which causes a warning to be generated). */
2234 DEFHOOK
2235 (comp_type_attributes,
2236 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns zero if the attributes on\n\
2237 @var{type1} and @var{type2} are incompatible, one if they are compatible,\n\
2238 and two if they are nearly compatible (which causes a warning to be\n\
2239 generated). If this is not defined, machine-specific attributes are\n\
2240 supposed always to be compatible.",
2241 int, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
2242 hook_int_const_tree_const_tree_1)
2243
2244 /* Assign default attributes to the newly defined TYPE. */
2245 DEFHOOK
2246 (set_default_type_attributes,
2247 "If defined, this target hook is a function which assigns default attributes to\n\
2248 the newly defined @var{type}.",
2249 void, (tree type),
2250 hook_void_tree)
2251
2252 /* Insert attributes on the newly created DECL. */
2253 DEFHOOK
2254 (insert_attributes,
2255 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to add attributes to a decl\n\
2256 when it is being created. This is normally useful for back ends which\n\
2257 wish to implement a pragma by using the attributes which correspond to\n\
2258 the pragma's effect. The @var{node} argument is the decl which is being\n\
2259 created. The @var{attr_ptr} argument is a pointer to the attribute list\n\
2260 for this decl. The list itself should not be modified, since it may be\n\
2261 shared with other decls, but attributes may be chained on the head of\n\
2262 the list and @code{*@var{attr_ptr}} modified to point to the new\n\
2263 attributes, or a copy of the list may be made if further changes are\n\
2264 needed.",
2265 void, (tree node, tree *attr_ptr),
2266 hook_void_tree_treeptr)
2267
2268 /* Perform additional target-specific processing of generic attributes. */
2269 DEFHOOK
2270 (handle_generic_attribute,
2271 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to perform additional\n\
2272 target-specific processing of an attribute which is handled generically\n\
2273 by a front end. The arguments are the same as those which are passed to\n\
2274 attribute handlers. So far this only affects the @var{noinit} and\n\
2275 @var{section} attribute.",
2276 tree, (tree *node, tree name, tree args, int flags, bool *no_add_attrs),
2277 hook_tree_treeptr_tree_tree_int_boolptr_null)
2278
2279 /* Return true if FNDECL (which has at least one machine attribute)
2280 can be inlined despite its machine attributes, false otherwise. */
2281 DEFHOOK
2282 (function_attribute_inlinable_p,
2283 "@cindex inlining\n\
2284 This target hook returns @code{true} if it is OK to inline @var{fndecl}\n\
2285 into the current function, despite its having target-specific\n\
2286 attributes, @code{false} otherwise. By default, if a function has a\n\
2287 target specific attribute attached to it, it will not be inlined.",
2288 bool, (const_tree fndecl),
2289 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2290
2291 /* Return true if bitfields in RECORD_TYPE should follow the
2292 Microsoft Visual C++ bitfield layout rules. */
2293 DEFHOOK
2294 (ms_bitfield_layout_p,
2295 "This target hook returns @code{true} if bit-fields in the given\n\
2296 @var{record_type} are to be laid out following the rules of Microsoft\n\
2297 Visual C/C++, namely: (i) a bit-field won't share the same storage\n\
2298 unit with the previous bit-field if their underlying types have\n\
2299 different sizes, and the bit-field will be aligned to the highest\n\
2300 alignment of the underlying types of itself and of the previous\n\
2301 bit-field; (ii) a zero-sized bit-field will affect the alignment of\n\
2302 the whole enclosing structure, even if it is unnamed; except that\n\
2303 (iii) a zero-sized bit-field will be disregarded unless it follows\n\
2304 another bit-field of nonzero size. If this hook returns @code{true},\n\
2305 other macros that control bit-field layout are ignored.\n\
2306 \n\
2307 When a bit-field is inserted into a packed record, the whole size\n\
2308 of the underlying type is used by one or more same-size adjacent\n\
2309 bit-fields (that is, if its long:3, 32 bits is used in the record,\n\
2310 and any additional adjacent long bit-fields are packed into the same\n\
2311 chunk of 32 bits. However, if the size changes, a new field of that\n\
2312 size is allocated). In an unpacked record, this is the same as using\n\
2313 alignment, but not equivalent when packing.\n\
2314 \n\
2315 If both MS bit-fields and @samp{__attribute__((packed))} are used,\n\
2316 the latter will take precedence. If @samp{__attribute__((packed))} is\n\
2317 used on a single field when MS bit-fields are in use, it will take\n\
2318 precedence for that field, but the alignment of the rest of the structure\n\
2319 may affect its placement.",
2320 bool, (const_tree record_type),
2321 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2322
2323 /* For now this is only an interface to WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN for
2324 target-independent code like the front ends, need performance testing
2325 before switching completely to the target hook. */
2326 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2327 (words_big_endian,
2328 "",
2329 bool, (void),
2330 targhook_words_big_endian)
2331
2332 /* Likewise for FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN. */
2333 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2334 (float_words_big_endian,
2335 "",
2336 bool, (void),
2337 targhook_float_words_big_endian)
2338
2339 DEFHOOK
2340 (float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p,
2341 "Returns true if the target supports IEEE 754 floating-point exceptions\n\
2342 and rounding modes, false otherwise. This is intended to relate to the\n\
2343 @code{float} and @code{double} types, but not necessarily @code{long double}.\n\
2344 By default, returns true if the @code{adddf3} instruction pattern is\n\
2345 available and false otherwise, on the assumption that hardware floating\n\
2346 point supports exceptions and rounding modes but software floating point\n\
2347 does not.",
2348 bool, (void),
2349 default_float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p)
2350
2351 /* True if the target supports decimal floating point. */
2352 DEFHOOK
2353 (decimal_float_supported_p,
2354 "Returns true if the target supports decimal floating point.",
2355 bool, (void),
2356 default_decimal_float_supported_p)
2357
2358 /* True if the target supports fixed-point. */
2359 DEFHOOK
2360 (fixed_point_supported_p,
2361 "Returns true if the target supports fixed-point arithmetic.",
2362 bool, (void),
2363 default_fixed_point_supported_p)
2364
2365 /* Return true if anonymous bitfields affect structure alignment. */
2366 DEFHOOK
2367 (align_anon_bitfield,
2368 "When @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true this hook will determine\n\
2369 whether unnamed bitfields affect the alignment of the containing\n\
2370 structure. The hook should return true if the structure should inherit\n\
2371 the alignment requirements of an unnamed bitfield's type.",
2372 bool, (void),
2373 hook_bool_void_false)
2374
2375 /* Return true if volatile bitfields should use the narrowest type possible.
2376 Return false if they should use the container type. */
2377 DEFHOOK
2378 (narrow_volatile_bitfield,
2379 "This target hook should return @code{true} if accesses to volatile bitfields\n\
2380 should use the narrowest mode possible. It should return @code{false} if\n\
2381 these accesses should use the bitfield container type.\n\
2382 \n\
2383 The default is @code{false}.",
2384 bool, (void),
2385 hook_bool_void_false)
2386
2387 /* Set up target-specific built-in functions. */
2388 DEFHOOK
2389 (init_builtins,
2390 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2391 that need to be defined. It should be a function that performs the\n\
2392 necessary setup.\n\
2393 \n\
2394 Machine specific built-in functions can be useful to expand special machine\n\
2395 instructions that would otherwise not normally be generated because\n\
2396 they have no equivalent in the source language (for example, SIMD vector\n\
2397 instructions or prefetch instructions).\n\
2398 \n\
2399 To create a built-in function, call the function\n\
2400 @code{lang_hooks.builtin_function}\n\
2401 which is defined by the language front end. You can use any type nodes set\n\
2402 up by @code{build_common_tree_nodes};\n\
2403 only language front ends that use those two functions will call\n\
2404 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.",
2405 void, (void),
2406 hook_void_void)
2407
2408 /* Initialize (if INITIALIZE_P is true) and return the target-specific
2409 built-in function decl for CODE.
2410 Return NULL if that is not possible. Return error_mark_node if CODE
2411 is outside of the range of valid target builtin function codes. */
2412 DEFHOOK
2413 (builtin_decl,
2414 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2415 that need to be defined. It should be a function that returns the\n\
2416 builtin function declaration for the builtin function code @var{code}.\n\
2417 If there is no such builtin and it cannot be initialized at this time\n\
2418 if @var{initialize_p} is true the function should return @code{NULL_TREE}.\n\
2419 If @var{code} is out of range the function should return\n\
2420 @code{error_mark_node}.",
2421 tree, (unsigned code, bool initialize_p), NULL)
2422
2423 /* Expand a target-specific builtin. */
2424 DEFHOOK
2425 (expand_builtin,
2426 "\n\
2427 Expand a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2428 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{exp} is the expression for the\n\
2429 function call; the result should go to @var{target} if that is\n\
2430 convenient, and have mode @var{mode} if that is convenient.\n\
2431 @var{subtarget} may be used as the target for computing one of\n\
2432 @var{exp}'s operands. @var{ignore} is nonzero if the value is to be\n\
2433 ignored. This function should return the result of the call to the\n\
2434 built-in function.",
2435 rtx,
2436 (tree exp, rtx target, rtx subtarget, machine_mode mode, int ignore),
2437 default_expand_builtin)
2438
2439 /* Select a replacement for a target-specific builtin. This is done
2440 *before* regular type checking, and so allows the target to
2441 implement a crude form of function overloading. The result is a
2442 complete expression that implements the operation. PARAMS really
2443 has type VEC(tree,gc)*, but we don't want to include tree.h here. */
2444 DEFHOOK
2445 (resolve_overloaded_builtin,
2446 "Select a replacement for a machine specific built-in function that\n\
2447 was set up by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. This is done\n\
2448 @emph{before} regular type checking, and so allows the target to\n\
2449 implement a crude form of function overloading. @var{fndecl} is the\n\
2450 declaration of the built-in function. @var{arglist} is the list of\n\
2451 arguments passed to the built-in function. The result is a\n\
2452 complete expression that implements the operation, usually\n\
2453 another @code{CALL_EXPR}.\n\
2454 @var{arglist} really has type @samp{VEC(tree,gc)*}",
2455 tree, (unsigned int /*location_t*/ loc, tree fndecl, void *arglist), NULL)
2456
2457 DEFHOOK
2458 (check_builtin_call,
2459 "Perform semantic checking on a call to a machine-specific built-in\n\
2460 function after its arguments have been constrained to the function\n\
2461 signature. Return true if the call is valid, otherwise report an error\n\
2462 and return false.\n\
2463 \n\
2464 This hook is called after @code{TARGET_RESOLVE_OVERLOADED_BUILTIN}.\n\
2465 The call was originally to built-in function @var{orig_fndecl},\n\
2466 but after the optional @code{TARGET_RESOLVE_OVERLOADED_BUILTIN}\n\
2467 step is now to built-in function @var{fndecl}. @var{loc} is the\n\
2468 location of the call and @var{args} is an array of function arguments,\n\
2469 of which there are @var{nargs}. @var{arg_loc} specifies the location\n\
2470 of each argument.",
2471 bool, (location_t loc, vec<location_t> arg_loc, tree fndecl,
2472 tree orig_fndecl, unsigned int nargs, tree *args),
2473 NULL)
2474
2475 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a tree valid for both GIMPLE
2476 and GENERIC. */
2477 DEFHOOK
2478 (fold_builtin,
2479 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2480 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{fndecl} is the declaration of the\n\
2481 built-in function. @var{n_args} is the number of arguments passed to\n\
2482 the function; the arguments themselves are pointed to by @var{argp}.\n\
2483 The result is another tree, valid for both GIMPLE and GENERIC,\n\
2484 containing a simplified expression for the call's result. If\n\
2485 @var{ignore} is true the value will be ignored.",
2486 tree, (tree fndecl, int n_args, tree *argp, bool ignore),
2487 hook_tree_tree_int_treep_bool_null)
2488
2489 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a valid GIMPLE tree. */
2490 DEFHOOK
2491 (gimple_fold_builtin,
2492 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up\n\
2493 by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{gsi} points to the gimple\n\
2494 statement holding the function call. Returns true if any change\n\
2495 was made to the GIMPLE stream.",
2496 bool, (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi),
2497 hook_bool_gsiptr_false)
2498
2499 /* Target hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to
2500 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used
2501 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two
2502 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority
2503 is checked for dispatching earlier. DECL1 and DECL2 are
2504 the two function decls that will be compared. It returns positive value
2505 if DECL1 is higher priority, negative value if DECL2 is higher priority
2506 and 0 if they are the same. */
2507 DEFHOOK
2508 (compare_version_priority,
2509 "This hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to\n\
2510 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used\n\
2511 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two\n\
2512 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority\n\
2513 is checked for dispatching earlier. @var{decl1} and @var{decl2} are\n\
2514 the two function decls that will be compared.",
2515 int, (tree decl1, tree decl2), NULL)
2516
2517 /* Target hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right
2518 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.
2519 ARG points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose body
2520 must be generated. */
2521 DEFHOOK
2522 (generate_version_dispatcher_body,
2523 "This hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right\n\
2524 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.\n\
2525 @var{arg} points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose\n\
2526 body must be generated.",
2527 tree, (void *arg), NULL)
2528
2529 /* Target hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function
2530 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function
2531 version at run-time. DECL is one version from a set of semantically
2532 identical versions. */
2533 DEFHOOK
2534 (get_function_versions_dispatcher,
2535 "This hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function\n\
2536 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function\n\
2537 version at run-time. @var{decl} is one version from a set of semantically\n\
2538 identical versions.",
2539 tree, (void *decl), NULL)
2540
2541 /* Returns a code for a target-specific builtin that implements
2542 reciprocal of a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
2543 DEFHOOK
2544 (builtin_reciprocal,
2545 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements the\n\
2546 reciprocal of the machine-specific builtin function @var{fndecl}, or\n\
2547 @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.",
2548 tree, (tree fndecl),
2549 default_builtin_reciprocal)
2550
2551 /* For a vendor-specific TYPE, return a pointer to a statically-allocated
2552 string containing the C++ mangling for TYPE. In all other cases, return
2553 NULL. */
2554 DEFHOOK
2555 (mangle_type,
2556 "If your target defines any fundamental types, or any types your target\n\
2557 uses should be mangled differently from the default, define this hook\n\
2558 to return the appropriate encoding for these types as part of a C++\n\
2559 mangled name. The @var{type} argument is the tree structure representing\n\
2560 the type to be mangled. The hook may be applied to trees which are\n\
2561 not target-specific fundamental types; it should return @code{NULL}\n\
2562 for all such types, as well as arguments it does not recognize. If the\n\
2563 return value is not @code{NULL}, it must point to a statically-allocated\n\
2564 string constant.\n\
2565 \n\
2566 Target-specific fundamental types might be new fundamental types or\n\
2567 qualified versions of ordinary fundamental types. Encode new\n\
2568 fundamental types as @samp{@w{u @var{n} @var{name}}}, where @var{name}\n\
2569 is the name used for the type in source code, and @var{n} is the\n\
2570 length of @var{name} in decimal. Encode qualified versions of\n\
2571 ordinary types as @samp{@w{U @var{n} @var{name} @var{code}}}, where\n\
2572 @var{name} is the name used for the type qualifier in source code,\n\
2573 @var{n} is the length of @var{name} as above, and @var{code} is the\n\
2574 code used to represent the unqualified version of this type. (See\n\
2575 @code{write_builtin_type} in @file{cp/mangle.cc} for the list of\n\
2576 codes.) In both cases the spaces are for clarity; do not include any\n\
2577 spaces in your string.\n\
2578 \n\
2579 This hook is applied to types prior to typedef resolution. If the mangled\n\
2580 name for a particular type depends only on that type's main variant, you\n\
2581 can perform typedef resolution yourself using @code{TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT}\n\
2582 before mangling.\n\
2583 \n\
2584 The default version of this hook always returns @code{NULL}, which is\n\
2585 appropriate for a target that does not define any new fundamental\n\
2586 types.",
2587 const char *, (const_tree type),
2588 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null)
2589
2590 /* Make any adjustments to libfunc names needed for this target. */
2591 DEFHOOK
2592 (init_libfuncs,
2593 "This hook should declare additional library routines or rename\n\
2594 existing ones, using the functions @code{set_optab_libfunc} and\n\
2595 @code{init_one_libfunc} defined in @file{optabs.cc}.\n\
2596 @code{init_optabs} calls this macro after initializing all the normal\n\
2597 library routines.\n\
2598 \n\
2599 The default is to do nothing. Most ports don't need to define this hook.",
2600 void, (void),
2601 hook_void_void)
2602
2603 /* Add a __gnu_ prefix to library functions rather than just __. */
2604 DEFHOOKPOD
2605 (libfunc_gnu_prefix,
2606 "If false (the default), internal library routines start with two\n\
2607 underscores. If set to true, these routines start with @code{__gnu_}\n\
2608 instead. E.g., @code{__muldi3} changes to @code{__gnu_muldi3}. This\n\
2609 currently only affects functions defined in @file{libgcc2.c}. If this\n\
2610 is set to true, the @file{tm.h} file must also\n\
2611 @code{#define LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX}.",
2612 bool, false)
2613
2614 /* Given a decl, a section name, and whether the decl initializer
2615 has relocs, choose attributes for the section. */
2616 /* ??? Should be merged with SELECT_SECTION and UNIQUE_SECTION. */
2617 DEFHOOK
2618 (section_type_flags,
2619 "Choose a set of section attributes for use by @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}\n\
2620 based on a variable or function decl, a section name, and whether or not the\n\
2621 declaration's initializer may contain runtime relocations. @var{decl} may be\n\
2622 null, in which case read-write data should be assumed.\n\
2623 \n\
2624 The default version of this function handles choosing code vs data,\n\
2625 read-only vs read-write data, and @code{flag_pic}. You should only\n\
2626 need to override this if your target has special flags that might be\n\
2627 set via @code{__attribute__}.",
2628 unsigned int, (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc),
2629 default_section_type_flags)
2630
2631 DEFHOOK
2632 (libc_has_function,
2633 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
2634 @var{fn_class} is present in the target C library. If @var{type} is NULL,\n\
2635 the caller asks for support for all standard (float, double, long double)\n\
2636 types. If @var{type} is non-NULL, the caller asks for support for a\n\
2637 specific type.",
2638 bool, (enum function_class fn_class, tree type),
2639 default_libc_has_function)
2640
2641 DEFHOOK
2642 (libc_has_fast_function,
2643 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
2644 @code{(enum function_class)}@var{fcode} has a fast implementation.",
2645 bool, (int fcode),
2646 default_libc_has_fast_function)
2647
2648 /* True if new jumps cannot be created, to replace existing ones or
2649 not, at the current point in the compilation. */
2650 DEFHOOK
2651 (cannot_modify_jumps_p,
2652 "This target hook returns @code{true} past the point in which new jump\n\
2653 instructions could be created. On machines that require a register for\n\
2654 every jump such as the SHmedia ISA of SH5, this point would typically be\n\
2655 reload, so this target hook should be defined to a function such as:\n\
2656 \n\
2657 @smallexample\n\
2658 static bool\n\
2659 cannot_modify_jumps_past_reload_p ()\n\
2660 @{\n\
2661 return (reload_completed || reload_in_progress);\n\
2662 @}\n\
2663 @end smallexample",
2664 bool, (void),
2665 hook_bool_void_false)
2666
2667 /* True if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE. */
2668 DEFHOOK
2669 (can_follow_jump,
2670 "FOLLOWER and FOLLOWEE are JUMP_INSN instructions;\n\
2671 return true if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE;\n\
2672 false, if it can't.\n\
2673 For example, on some targets, certain kinds of branches can't be made to\n\
2674 follow through a hot/cold partitioning.",
2675 bool, (const rtx_insn *follower, const rtx_insn *followee),
2676 hook_bool_const_rtx_insn_const_rtx_insn_true)
2677
2678 /* Return true if the target supports conditional execution. */
2679 DEFHOOK
2680 (have_conditional_execution,
2681 "This target hook returns true if the target supports conditional execution.\n\
2682 This target hook is required only when the target has several different\n\
2683 modes and they have different conditional execution capability, such as ARM.",
2684 bool, (void),
2685 default_have_conditional_execution)
2686
2687 DEFHOOK
2688 (gen_ccmp_first,
2689 "This function prepares to emit a comparison insn for the first compare in a\n\
2690 sequence of conditional comparisions. It returns an appropriate comparison\n\
2691 with @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2692 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2693 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2694 compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error.\n\
2695 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.",
2696 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, int code, tree op0, tree op1),
2697 NULL)
2698
2699 DEFHOOK
2700 (gen_ccmp_next,
2701 "This function prepares to emit a conditional comparison within a sequence\n\
2702 of conditional comparisons. It returns an appropriate comparison with\n\
2703 @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2704 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2705 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2706 compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error. The\n\
2707 @var{prev} expression is the result of a prior call to @code{gen_ccmp_first}\n\
2708 or @code{gen_ccmp_next}. It may return @code{NULL} if the combination of\n\
2709 @var{prev} and this comparison is not supported, otherwise the result must\n\
2710 be appropriate for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2711 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.\n\
2712 @var{bit_code} is @code{AND} or @code{IOR}, which is the op on the compares.",
2713 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, rtx prev, int cmp_code, tree op0, tree op1, int bit_code),
2714 NULL)
2715
2716 DEFHOOK
2717 (gen_memset_scratch_rtx,
2718 "This hook should return an rtx for a scratch register in @var{mode} to\n\
2719 be used when expanding memset calls. The backend can use a hard scratch\n\
2720 register to avoid stack realignment when expanding memset. The default\n\
2721 is @code{gen_reg_rtx}.",
2722 rtx, (machine_mode mode),
2723 gen_reg_rtx)
2724
2725 /* Return a new value for loop unroll size. */
2726 DEFHOOK
2727 (loop_unroll_adjust,
2728 "This target hook returns a new value for the number of times @var{loop}\n\
2729 should be unrolled. The parameter @var{nunroll} is the number of times\n\
2730 the loop is to be unrolled. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to\n\
2731 the loop, which is going to be checked for unrolling. This target hook\n\
2732 is required only when the target has special constraints like maximum\n\
2733 number of memory accesses.",
2734 unsigned, (unsigned nunroll, class loop *loop),
2735 NULL)
2736
2737 /* True if X is a legitimate MODE-mode immediate operand. */
2738 DEFHOOK
2739 (legitimate_constant_p,
2740 "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a legitimate constant for a\n\
2741 @var{mode}-mode immediate operand on the target machine. You can assume that\n\
2742 @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not check this.\n\
2743 \n\
2744 The default definition returns true.",
2745 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2746 hook_bool_mode_rtx_true)
2747
2748 /* True if X is a TLS operand whose value should be pre-computed. */
2749 DEFHOOK
2750 (precompute_tls_p,
2751 "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a TLS operand on the target\n\
2752 machine that should be pre-computed when used as the argument in a call.\n\
2753 You can assume that @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not \n\
2754 check this.\n\
2755 \n\
2756 The default definition returns false.",
2757 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2758 hook_bool_mode_rtx_false)
2759
2760 /* True if the constant X cannot be placed in the constant pool. */
2761 DEFHOOK
2762 (cannot_force_const_mem,
2763 "This hook should return true if @var{x} is of a form that cannot (or\n\
2764 should not) be spilled to the constant pool. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2765 of @var{x}.\n\
2766 \n\
2767 The default version of this hook returns false.\n\
2768 \n\
2769 The primary reason to define this hook is to prevent reload from\n\
2770 deciding that a non-legitimate constant would be better reloaded\n\
2771 from the constant pool instead of spilling and reloading a register\n\
2772 holding the constant. This restriction is often true of addresses\n\
2773 of TLS symbols for various targets.",
2774 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2775 hook_bool_mode_rtx_false)
2776
2777 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2778 (cannot_copy_insn_p,
2779 "True if the insn @var{x} cannot be duplicated.",
2780 bool, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
2781
2782 /* True if X is considered to be commutative. */
2783 DEFHOOK
2784 (commutative_p,
2785 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{x} is considered to be commutative.\n\
2786 Usually, this is just COMMUTATIVE_P (@var{x}), but the HP PA doesn't consider\n\
2787 PLUS to be commutative inside a MEM@. @var{outer_code} is the rtx code\n\
2788 of the enclosing rtl, if known, otherwise it is UNKNOWN.",
2789 bool, (const_rtx x, int outer_code),
2790 hook_bool_const_rtx_commutative_p)
2791
2792 /* True if ADDR is an address-expression whose effect depends
2793 on the mode of the memory reference it is used in. */
2794 DEFHOOK
2795 (mode_dependent_address_p,
2796 "This hook returns @code{true} if memory address @var{addr} in address\n\
2797 space @var{addrspace} can have\n\
2798 different meanings depending on the machine mode of the memory\n\
2799 reference it is used for or if the address is valid for some modes\n\
2800 but not others.\n\
2801 \n\
2802 Autoincrement and autodecrement addresses typically have mode-dependent\n\
2803 effects because the amount of the increment or decrement is the size\n\
2804 of the operand being addressed. Some machines have other mode-dependent\n\
2805 addresses. Many RISC machines have no mode-dependent addresses.\n\
2806 \n\
2807 You may assume that @var{addr} is a valid address for the machine.\n\
2808 \n\
2809 The default version of this hook returns @code{false}.",
2810 bool, (const_rtx addr, addr_space_t addrspace),
2811 default_mode_dependent_address_p)
2812
2813 /* Given an invalid address X for a given machine mode, try machine-specific
2814 ways to make it legitimate. Return X or an invalid address on failure. */
2815 DEFHOOK
2816 (legitimize_address,
2817 "This hook is given an invalid memory address @var{x} for an\n\
2818 operand of mode @var{mode} and should try to return a valid memory\n\
2819 address.\n\
2820 \n\
2821 @findex break_out_memory_refs\n\
2822 @var{x} will always be the result of a call to @code{break_out_memory_refs},\n\
2823 and @var{oldx} will be the operand that was given to that function to produce\n\
2824 @var{x}.\n\
2825 \n\
2826 The code of the hook should not alter the substructure of\n\
2827 @var{x}. If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it\n\
2828 should return the new @var{x}.\n\
2829 \n\
2830 It is not necessary for this hook to come up with a legitimate address,\n\
2831 with the exception of native TLS addresses (@pxref{Emulated TLS}).\n\
2832 The compiler has standard ways of doing so in all cases. In fact, if\n\
2833 the target supports only emulated TLS, it\n\
2834 is safe to omit this hook or make it return @var{x} if it cannot find\n\
2835 a valid way to legitimize the address. But often a machine-dependent\n\
2836 strategy can generate better code.",
2837 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode),
2838 default_legitimize_address)
2839
2840 /* Given an address RTX, undo the effects of LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS. */
2841 DEFHOOK
2842 (delegitimize_address,
2843 "This hook is used to undo the possibly obfuscating effects of the\n\
2844 @code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} and @code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} target\n\
2845 macros. Some backend implementations of these macros wrap symbol\n\
2846 references inside an @code{UNSPEC} rtx to represent PIC or similar\n\
2847 addressing modes. This target hook allows GCC's optimizers to understand\n\
2848 the semantics of these opaque @code{UNSPEC}s by converting them back\n\
2849 into their original form.",
2850 rtx, (rtx x),
2851 delegitimize_mem_from_attrs)
2852
2853 /* Given an RTX, return true if it is not ok to emit it into debug info
2854 section. */
2855 DEFHOOK
2856 (const_not_ok_for_debug_p,
2857 "This hook should return true if @var{x} should not be emitted into\n\
2858 debug sections.",
2859 bool, (rtx x),
2860 default_const_not_ok_for_debug_p)
2861
2862 /* Given an address RTX, say whether it is valid. */
2863 DEFHOOK
2864 (legitimate_address_p,
2865 "A function that returns whether @var{x} (an RTX) is a legitimate memory\n\
2866 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2867 \n\
2868 Legitimate addresses are defined in two variants: a strict variant and a\n\
2869 non-strict one. The @var{strict} parameter chooses which variant is\n\
2870 desired by the caller.\n\
2871 \n\
2872 The strict variant is used in the reload pass. It must be defined so\n\
2873 that any pseudo-register that has not been allocated a hard register is\n\
2874 considered a memory reference. This is because in contexts where some\n\
2875 kind of register is required, a pseudo-register with no hard register\n\
2876 must be rejected. For non-hard registers, the strict variant should look\n\
2877 up the @code{reg_renumber} array; it should then proceed using the hard\n\
2878 register number in the array, or treat the pseudo as a memory reference\n\
2879 if the array holds @code{-1}.\n\
2880 \n\
2881 The non-strict variant is used in other passes. It must be defined to\n\
2882 accept all pseudo-registers in every context where some kind of\n\
2883 register is required.\n\
2884 \n\
2885 Normally, constant addresses which are the sum of a @code{symbol_ref}\n\
2886 and an integer are stored inside a @code{const} RTX to mark them as\n\
2887 constant. Therefore, there is no need to recognize such sums\n\
2888 specifically as legitimate addresses. Normally you would simply\n\
2889 recognize any @code{const} as legitimate.\n\
2890 \n\
2891 Usually @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS} is not prepared to handle constant\n\
2892 sums that are not marked with @code{const}. It assumes that a naked\n\
2893 @code{plus} indicates indexing. If so, then you @emph{must} reject such\n\
2894 naked constant sums as illegitimate addresses, so that none of them will\n\
2895 be given to @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}.\n\
2896 \n\
2897 @cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} and address validation\n\
2898 On some machines, whether a symbolic address is legitimate depends on\n\
2899 the section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the\n\
2900 target hook @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information\n\
2901 into the @code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here. When you see a\n\
2902 @code{const}, you will have to look inside it to find the\n\
2903 @code{symbol_ref} in order to determine the section. @xref{Assembler\n\
2904 Format}.\n\
2905 \n\
2906 @cindex @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS}\n\
2907 Some ports are still using a deprecated legacy substitute for\n\
2908 this hook, the @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS} macro. This macro\n\
2909 has this syntax:\n\
2910 \n\
2911 @example\n\
2912 #define GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (@var{mode}, @var{x}, @var{label})\n\
2913 @end example\n\
2914 \n\
2915 @noindent\n\
2916 and should @code{goto @var{label}} if the address @var{x} is a valid\n\
2917 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2918 \n\
2919 @findex REG_OK_STRICT\n\
2920 Compiler source files that want to use the strict variant of this\n\
2921 macro define the macro @code{REG_OK_STRICT}. You should use an\n\
2922 @code{#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT} conditional to define the strict variant in\n\
2923 that case and the non-strict variant otherwise.\n\
2924 \n\
2925 Using the hook is usually simpler because it limits the number of\n\
2926 files that are recompiled when changes are made.",
2927 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, bool strict),
2928 default_legitimate_address_p)
2929
2930 /* True if the given constant can be put into an object_block. */
2931 DEFHOOK
2932 (use_blocks_for_constant_p,
2933 "This hook should return true if pool entries for constant @var{x} can\n\
2934 be placed in an @code{object_block} structure. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2935 of @var{x}.\n\
2936 \n\
2937 The default version returns false for all constants.",
2938 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx x),
2939 hook_bool_mode_const_rtx_false)
2940
2941 /* True if the given decl can be put into an object_block. */
2942 DEFHOOK
2943 (use_blocks_for_decl_p,
2944 "This hook should return true if pool entries for @var{decl} should\n\
2945 be placed in an @code{object_block} structure.\n\
2946 \n\
2947 The default version returns true for all decls.",
2948 bool, (const_tree decl),
2949 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
2950
2951 /* The minimum and maximum byte offsets for anchored addresses. */
2952 DEFHOOKPOD
2953 (min_anchor_offset,
2954 "The minimum offset that should be applied to a section anchor.\n\
2955 On most targets, it should be the smallest offset that can be\n\
2956 applied to a base register while still giving a legitimate address\n\
2957 for every mode. The default value is 0.",
2958 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2959
2960 DEFHOOKPOD
2961 (max_anchor_offset,
2962 "Like @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}, but the maximum (inclusive)\n\
2963 offset that should be applied to section anchors. The default\n\
2964 value is 0.",
2965 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2966
2967 /* True if section anchors can be used to access the given symbol. */
2968 DEFHOOK
2969 (use_anchors_for_symbol_p,
2970 "Return true if GCC should attempt to use anchors to access @code{SYMBOL_REF}\n\
2971 @var{x}. You can assume @samp{SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (@var{x})} and\n\
2972 @samp{!SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})}.\n\
2973 \n\
2974 The default version is correct for most targets, but you might need to\n\
2975 intercept this hook to handle things like target-specific attributes\n\
2976 or target-specific sections.",
2977 bool, (const_rtx x),
2978 default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p)
2979
2980 /* True if target supports indirect functions. */
2981 DEFHOOK
2982 (has_ifunc_p,
2983 "It returns true if the target supports GNU indirect functions.\n\
2984 The support includes the assembler, linker and dynamic linker.\n\
2985 The default value of this hook is based on target's libc.",
2986 bool, (void),
2987 default_has_ifunc_p)
2988
2989 /* True if it is OK to reference indirect function resolvers locally. */
2990 DEFHOOK
2991 (ifunc_ref_local_ok,
2992 "Return true if it is OK to reference indirect function resolvers\n\
2993 locally. The default is to return false.",
2994 bool, (void),
2995 hook_bool_void_false)
2996
2997 /* True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified
2998 call expression EXP. DECL will be the called function, or NULL if
2999 this is an indirect call. */
3000 DEFHOOK
3001 (function_ok_for_sibcall,
3002 "True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified\n\
3003 call expression @var{exp}. @var{decl} will be the called function,\n\
3004 or @code{NULL} if this is an indirect call.\n\
3005 \n\
3006 It is not uncommon for limitations of calling conventions to prevent\n\
3007 tail calls to functions outside the current unit of translation, or\n\
3008 during PIC compilation. The hook is used to enforce these restrictions,\n\
3009 as the @code{sibcall} md pattern cannot fail, or fall over to a\n\
3010 ``normal'' call. The criteria for successful sibling call optimization\n\
3011 may vary greatly between different architectures.",
3012 bool, (tree decl, tree exp),
3013 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
3014
3015 /* Establish appropriate back-end context for processing the function
3016 FNDECL. The argument might be NULL to indicate processing at top
3017 level, outside of any function scope. */
3018 DEFHOOK
3019 (set_current_function,
3020 "The compiler invokes this hook whenever it changes its current function\n\
3021 context (@code{cfun}). You can define this function if\n\
3022 the back end needs to perform any initialization or reset actions on a\n\
3023 per-function basis. For example, it may be used to implement function\n\
3024 attributes that affect register usage or code generation patterns.\n\
3025 The argument @var{decl} is the declaration for the new function context,\n\
3026 and may be null to indicate that the compiler has left a function context\n\
3027 and is returning to processing at the top level.\n\
3028 The default hook function does nothing.\n\
3029 \n\
3030 GCC sets @code{cfun} to a dummy function context during initialization of\n\
3031 some parts of the back end. The hook function is not invoked in this\n\
3032 situation; you need not worry about the hook being invoked recursively,\n\
3033 or when the back end is in a partially-initialized state.\n\
3034 @code{cfun} might be @code{NULL} to indicate processing at top level,\n\
3035 outside of any function scope.",
3036 void, (tree decl), hook_void_tree)
3037
3038 /* True if EXP should be placed in a "small data" section. */
3039 DEFHOOK
3040 (in_small_data_p,
3041 "Returns true if @var{exp} should be placed into a ``small data'' section.\n\
3042 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
3043 bool, (const_tree exp),
3044 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
3045
3046 /* True if EXP names an object for which name resolution must resolve
3047 to the current executable or shared library. */
3048 DEFHOOK
3049 (binds_local_p,
3050 "Returns true if @var{exp} names an object for which name resolution\n\
3051 rules must resolve to the current ``module'' (dynamic shared library\n\
3052 or executable image).\n\
3053 \n\
3054 The default version of this hook implements the name resolution rules\n\
3055 for ELF, which has a looser model of global name binding than other\n\
3056 currently supported object file formats.",
3057 bool, (const_tree exp),
3058 default_binds_local_p)
3059
3060 /* Check if profiling code is before or after prologue. */
3061 DEFHOOK
3062 (profile_before_prologue,
3063 "It returns true if target wants profile code emitted before prologue.\n\n\
3064 The default version of this hook use the target macro\n\
3065 @code{PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE}.",
3066 bool, (void),
3067 default_profile_before_prologue)
3068
3069 /* Return true if a leaf function should stay leaf even with profiling
3070 enabled. */
3071 DEFHOOK
3072 (keep_leaf_when_profiled,
3073 "This target hook returns true if the target wants the leaf flag for\n\
3074 the current function to stay true even if it calls mcount. This might\n\
3075 make sense for targets using the leaf flag only to determine whether a\n\
3076 stack frame needs to be generated or not and for which the call to\n\
3077 mcount is generated before the function prologue.",
3078 bool, (void),
3079 default_keep_leaf_when_profiled)
3080
3081 /* Modify and return the identifier of a DECL's external name,
3082 originally identified by ID, as required by the target,
3083 (eg, append @nn to windows32 stdcall function names).
3084 The default is to return ID without modification. */
3085 DEFHOOK
3086 (mangle_decl_assembler_name,
3087 "Define this hook if you need to postprocess the assembler name generated\n\
3088 by target-independent code. The @var{id} provided to this hook will be\n\
3089 the computed name (e.g., the macro @code{DECL_NAME} of the @var{decl} in C,\n\
3090 or the mangled name of the @var{decl} in C++). The return value of the\n\
3091 hook is an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE} for the appropriate mangled name on\n\
3092 your target system. The default implementation of this hook just\n\
3093 returns the @var{id} provided.",
3094 tree, (tree decl, tree id),
3095 default_mangle_decl_assembler_name)
3096
3097 /* Do something target-specific to record properties of the DECL into
3098 the associated SYMBOL_REF. */
3099 DEFHOOK
3100 (encode_section_info,
3101 "Define this hook if references to a symbol or a constant must be\n\
3102 treated differently depending on something about the variable or\n\
3103 function named by the symbol (such as what section it is in).\n\
3104 \n\
3105 The hook is executed immediately after rtl has been created for\n\
3106 @var{decl}, which may be a variable or function declaration or\n\
3107 an entry in the constant pool. In either case, @var{rtl} is the\n\
3108 rtl in question. Do @emph{not} use @code{DECL_RTL (@var{decl})}\n\
3109 in this hook; that field may not have been initialized yet.\n\
3110 \n\
3111 In the case of a constant, it is safe to assume that the rtl is\n\
3112 a @code{mem} whose address is a @code{symbol_ref}. Most decls\n\
3113 will also have this form, but that is not guaranteed. Global\n\
3114 register variables, for instance, will have a @code{reg} for their\n\
3115 rtl. (Normally the right thing to do with such unusual rtl is\n\
3116 leave it alone.)\n\
3117 \n\
3118 The @var{new_decl_p} argument will be true if this is the first time\n\
3119 that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} has been invoked on this decl. It will\n\
3120 be false for subsequent invocations, which will happen for duplicate\n\
3121 declarations. Whether or not anything must be done for the duplicate\n\
3122 declaration depends on whether the hook examines @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.\n\
3123 @var{new_decl_p} is always true when the hook is called for a constant.\n\
3124 \n\
3125 @cindex @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG}, in @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3126 The usual thing for this hook to do is to record flags in the\n\
3127 @code{symbol_ref}, using @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG} or @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3128 Historically, the name string was modified if it was necessary to\n\
3129 encode more than one bit of information, but this practice is now\n\
3130 discouraged; use @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3131 \n\
3132 The default definition of this hook, @code{default_encode_section_info}\n\
3133 in @file{varasm.cc}, sets a number of commonly-useful bits in\n\
3134 @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}. Check whether the default does what you need\n\
3135 before overriding it.",
3136 void, (tree decl, rtx rtl, int new_decl_p),
3137 default_encode_section_info)
3138
3139 /* Undo the effects of encode_section_info on the symbol string. */
3140 DEFHOOK
3141 (strip_name_encoding,
3142 "Decode @var{name} and return the real name part, sans\n\
3143 the characters that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3144 may have added.",
3145 const char *, (const char *name),
3146 default_strip_name_encoding)
3147
3148 /* If shift optabs for MODE are known to always truncate the shift count,
3149 return the mask that they apply. Return 0 otherwise. */
3150 DEFHOOK
3151 (shift_truncation_mask,
3152 "This function describes how the standard shift patterns for @var{mode}\n\
3153 deal with shifts by negative amounts or by more than the width of the mode.\n\
3154 @xref{shift patterns}.\n\
3155 \n\
3156 On many machines, the shift patterns will apply a mask @var{m} to the\n\
3157 shift count, meaning that a fixed-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y} is\n\
3158 equivalent to an arbitrary-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y & m}. If\n\
3159 this is true for mode @var{mode}, the function should return @var{m},\n\
3160 otherwise it should return 0. A return value of 0 indicates that no\n\
3161 particular behavior is guaranteed.\n\
3162 \n\
3163 Note that, unlike @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}, this function does\n\
3164 @emph{not} apply to general shift rtxes; it applies only to instructions\n\
3165 that are generated by the named shift patterns.\n\
3166 \n\
3167 The default implementation of this function returns\n\
3168 @code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE (@var{mode}) - 1} if @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}\n\
3169 and 0 otherwise. This definition is always safe, but if\n\
3170 @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} is false, and some shift patterns\n\
3171 nevertheless truncate the shift count, you may get better code\n\
3172 by overriding it.",
3173 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3174 default_shift_truncation_mask)
3175
3176 /* Return the number of divisions in the given MODE that should be present,
3177 so that it is profitable to turn the division into a multiplication by
3178 the reciprocal. */
3179 DEFHOOK
3180 (min_divisions_for_recip_mul,
3181 "When @option{-ffast-math} is in effect, GCC tries to optimize\n\
3182 divisions by the same divisor, by turning them into multiplications by\n\
3183 the reciprocal. This target hook specifies the minimum number of divisions\n\
3184 that should be there for GCC to perform the optimization for a variable\n\
3185 of mode @var{mode}. The default implementation returns 3 if the machine\n\
3186 has an instruction for the division, and 2 if it does not.",
3187 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
3188 default_min_divisions_for_recip_mul)
3189
3190 DEFHOOK
3191 (truly_noop_truncation,
3192 "This hook returns true if it is safe to ``convert'' a value of\n\
3193 @var{inprec} bits to one of @var{outprec} bits (where @var{outprec} is\n\
3194 smaller than @var{inprec}) by merely operating on it as if it had only\n\
3195 @var{outprec} bits. The default returns true unconditionally, which\n\
3196 is correct for most machines. When @code{TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION}\n\
3197 returns false, the machine description should provide a @code{trunc}\n\
3198 optab to specify the RTL that performs the required truncation.\n\
3199 \n\
3200 If @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P} returns false for a pair of modes,\n\
3201 suboptimal code can result if this hook returns true for the corresponding\n\
3202 mode sizes. Making this hook return false in such cases may improve things.",
3203 bool, (poly_uint64 outprec, poly_uint64 inprec),
3204 hook_bool_puint64_puint64_true)
3205
3206 /* If the representation of integral MODE is such that values are
3207 always sign-extended to a wider mode MODE_REP then return
3208 SIGN_EXTEND. Return UNKNOWN otherwise. */
3209 /* Note that the return type ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's not
3210 necessarily defined at this point. */
3211 DEFHOOK
3212 (mode_rep_extended,
3213 "The representation of an integral mode can be such that the values\n\
3214 are always extended to a wider integral mode. Return\n\
3215 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} if values of @var{mode} are represented in\n\
3216 sign-extended form to @var{rep_mode}. Return @code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3217 otherwise. (Currently, none of the targets use zero-extended\n\
3218 representation this way so unlike @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP},\n\
3219 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} is expected to return either\n\
3220 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{UNKNOWN}. Also no target extends\n\
3221 @var{mode} to @var{rep_mode} so that @var{rep_mode} is not the next\n\
3222 widest integral mode and currently we take advantage of this fact.)\n\
3223 \n\
3224 Similarly to @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP} you may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3225 value even if the extension is not performed on certain hard registers\n\
3226 as long as for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS} of these hard registers\n\
3227 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns false.\n\
3228 \n\
3229 Note that @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} and @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP}\n\
3230 describe two related properties. If you define\n\
3231 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED (mode, word_mode)} you probably also want\n\
3232 to define @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP (mode)} to return the same type of\n\
3233 extension.\n\
3234 \n\
3235 In order to enforce the representation of @code{mode},\n\
3236 @code{TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} should return false when truncating to\n\
3237 @code{mode}.",
3238 int, (scalar_int_mode mode, scalar_int_mode rep_mode),
3239 default_mode_rep_extended)
3240
3241 DEFHOOK
3242 (setjmp_preserves_nonvolatile_regs_p,
3243 "On some targets, it is assumed that the compiler will spill all pseudos\n\
3244 that are live across a call to @code{setjmp}, while other targets treat\n\
3245 @code{setjmp} calls as normal function calls.\n\
3246 \n\
3247 This hook returns false if @code{setjmp} calls do not preserve all\n\
3248 non-volatile registers so that gcc that must spill all pseudos that are\n\
3249 live across @code{setjmp} calls. Define this to return true if the\n\
3250 target does not need to spill all pseudos live across @code{setjmp} calls.\n\
3251 The default implementation conservatively assumes all pseudos must be\n\
3252 spilled across @code{setjmp} calls.",
3253 bool, (void),
3254 hook_bool_void_false)
3255
3256 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE"))). */
3257 DEFHOOK
3258 (valid_pointer_mode,
3259 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3260 with machine mode @var{mode}. The default version of this\n\
3261 hook returns true for both @code{ptr_mode} and @code{Pmode}.",
3262 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode),
3263 default_valid_pointer_mode)
3264
3265 /* Disambiguate with errno. */
3266 DEFHOOK
3267 (ref_may_alias_errno,
3268 "Define this to return nonzero if the memory reference @var{ref}\n\
3269 may alias with the system C library errno location. The default\n\
3270 version of this hook assumes the system C library errno location\n\
3271 is either a declaration of type int or accessed by dereferencing\n\
3272 a pointer to int.",
3273 bool, (ao_ref *ref),
3274 default_ref_may_alias_errno)
3275
3276 /* Support for named address spaces. */
3277 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
3278 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_"
3279 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_HOOKS, addr_space)
3280
3281 /* MODE to use for a pointer into another address space. */
3282 DEFHOOK
3283 (pointer_mode,
3284 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for pointers to\n\
3285 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3286 The default version of this hook returns @code{ptr_mode}.",
3287 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3288 default_addr_space_pointer_mode)
3289
3290 /* MODE to use for an address in another address space. */
3291 DEFHOOK
3292 (address_mode,
3293 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for addresses in\n\
3294 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3295 The default version of this hook returns @code{Pmode}.",
3296 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3297 default_addr_space_address_mode)
3298
3299 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE")))
3300 in another address space. */
3301 DEFHOOK
3302 (valid_pointer_mode,
3303 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3304 with machine mode @var{mode} to address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3305 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE} target hook,\n\
3306 except that it includes explicit named address space support. The default\n\
3307 version of this hook returns true for the modes returned by either the\n\
3308 @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE} or @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE}\n\
3309 target hooks for the given address space.",
3310 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3311 default_addr_space_valid_pointer_mode)
3312
3313 /* True if an address is a valid memory address to a given named address
3314 space for a given mode. */
3315 DEFHOOK
3316 (legitimate_address_p,
3317 "Define this to return true if @var{exp} is a valid address for mode\n\
3318 @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. The @var{strict}\n\
3319 parameter says whether strict addressing is in effect after reload has\n\
3320 finished. This target hook is the same as the\n\
3321 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} target hook, except that it includes\n\
3322 explicit named address space support.",
3323 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx exp, bool strict, addr_space_t as),
3324 default_addr_space_legitimate_address_p)
3325
3326 /* Return an updated address to convert an invalid pointer to a named
3327 address space to a valid one. If NULL_RTX is returned use machine
3328 independent methods to make the address valid. */
3329 DEFHOOK
3330 (legitimize_address,
3331 "Define this to modify an invalid address @var{x} to be a valid address\n\
3332 with mode @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3333 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} target hook,\n\
3334 except that it includes explicit named address space support.",
3335 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3336 default_addr_space_legitimize_address)
3337
3338 /* True if one named address space is a subset of another named address. */
3339 DEFHOOK
3340 (subset_p,
3341 "Define this to return whether the @var{subset} named address space is\n\
3342 contained within the @var{superset} named address space. Pointers to\n\
3343 a named address space that is a subset of another named address space\n\
3344 will be converted automatically without a cast if used together in\n\
3345 arithmetic operations. Pointers to a superset address space can be\n\
3346 converted to pointers to a subset address space via explicit casts.",
3347 bool, (addr_space_t subset, addr_space_t superset),
3348 default_addr_space_subset_p)
3349
3350 /* True if 0 is a valid address in the address space, or false if
3351 0 is a NULL in the address space. */
3352 DEFHOOK
3353 (zero_address_valid,
3354 "Define this to modify the default handling of address 0 for the\n\
3355 address space. Return true if 0 should be considered a valid address.",
3356 bool, (addr_space_t as),
3357 default_addr_space_zero_address_valid)
3358
3359 /* Function to convert an rtl expression from one address space to another. */
3360 DEFHOOK
3361 (convert,
3362 "Define this to convert the pointer expression represented by the RTL\n\
3363 @var{op} with type @var{from_type} that points to a named address\n\
3364 space to a new pointer expression with type @var{to_type} that points\n\
3365 to a different named address space. When this hook it called, it is\n\
3366 guaranteed that one of the two address spaces is a subset of the other,\n\
3367 as determined by the @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P} target hook.",
3368 rtx, (rtx op, tree from_type, tree to_type),
3369 default_addr_space_convert)
3370
3371 /* Function to encode an address space into dwarf. */
3372 DEFHOOK
3373 (debug,
3374 "Define this to define how the address space is encoded in dwarf.\n\
3375 The result is the value to be used with @code{DW_AT_address_class}.",
3376 int, (addr_space_t as),
3377 default_addr_space_debug)
3378
3379 /* Function to emit custom diagnostic if an address space is used. */
3380 DEFHOOK
3381 (diagnose_usage,
3382 "Define this hook if the availability of an address space depends on\n\
3383 command line options and some diagnostics should be printed when the\n\
3384 address space is used. This hook is called during parsing and allows\n\
3385 to emit a better diagnostic compared to the case where the address space\n\
3386 was not registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}. @var{as} is\n\
3387 the address space as registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}.\n\
3388 @var{loc} is the location of the address space qualifier token.\n\
3389 The default implementation does nothing.",
3390 void, (addr_space_t as, location_t loc),
3391 default_addr_space_diagnose_usage)
3392
3393 HOOK_VECTOR_END (addr_space)
3394
3395 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
3396 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
3397
3398 DEFHOOK
3399 (lower_local_decl_alignment,
3400 "Define this hook to lower alignment of local, parm or result\n\
3401 decl @samp{(@var{decl})}.",
3402 void, (tree decl),
3403 hook_void_tree)
3404
3405 DEFHOOK
3406 (static_rtx_alignment,
3407 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for a\n\
3408 statically-allocated rtx, such as a constant pool entry. @var{mode}\n\
3409 is the mode of the rtx. The default implementation returns\n\
3410 @samp{GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.",
3411 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3412 default_static_rtx_alignment)
3413
3414 DEFHOOK
3415 (constant_alignment,
3416 "This hook returns the alignment in bits of a constant that is being\n\
3417 placed in memory. @var{constant} is the constant and @var{basic_align}\n\
3418 is the alignment that the object would ordinarily have.\n\
3419 \n\
3420 The default definition just returns @var{basic_align}.\n\
3421 \n\
3422 The typical use of this hook is to increase alignment for string\n\
3423 constants to be word aligned so that @code{strcpy} calls that copy\n\
3424 constants can be done inline. The function\n\
3425 @code{constant_alignment_word_strings} provides such a definition.",
3426 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree constant, HOST_WIDE_INT basic_align),
3427 default_constant_alignment)
3428
3429 DEFHOOK
3430 (translate_mode_attribute,
3431 "Define this hook if during mode attribute processing, the port should\n\
3432 translate machine_mode @var{mode} to another mode. For example, rs6000's\n\
3433 @code{KFmode}, when it is the same as @code{TFmode}.\n\
3434 \n\
3435 The default version of the hook returns that mode that was passed in.",
3436 machine_mode, (machine_mode mode),
3437 default_translate_mode_attribute)
3438
3439 /* True if MODE is valid for the target. By "valid", we mean able to
3440 be manipulated in non-trivial ways. In particular, this means all
3441 the arithmetic is supported. */
3442 DEFHOOK
3443 (scalar_mode_supported_p,
3444 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3445 insns involving scalar mode @var{mode}. For a scalar mode to be\n\
3446 considered supported, all the basic arithmetic and comparisons\n\
3447 must work.\n\
3448 \n\
3449 The default version of this hook returns true for any mode\n\
3450 required to handle the basic C types (as defined by the port).\n\
3451 Included here are the double-word arithmetic supported by the\n\
3452 code in @file{optabs.cc}.",
3453 bool, (scalar_mode mode),
3454 default_scalar_mode_supported_p)
3455
3456 /* Similarly for vector modes. "Supported" here is less strict. At
3457 least some operations are supported; need to check optabs or builtins
3458 for further details. */
3459 DEFHOOK
3460 (vector_mode_supported_p,
3461 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3462 insns involving vector mode @var{mode}. At the very least, it\n\
3463 must have move patterns for this mode.",
3464 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3465 hook_bool_mode_false)
3466
3467 DEFHOOK
3468 (compatible_vector_types_p,
3469 "Return true if there is no target-specific reason for treating\n\
3470 vector types @var{type1} and @var{type2} as distinct types. The caller\n\
3471 has already checked for target-independent reasons, meaning that the\n\
3472 types are known to have the same mode, to have the same number of elements,\n\
3473 and to have what the caller considers to be compatible element types.\n\
3474 \n\
3475 The main reason for defining this hook is to reject pairs of types\n\
3476 that are handled differently by the target's calling convention.\n\
3477 For example, when a new @var{N}-bit vector architecture is added\n\
3478 to a target, the target may want to handle normal @var{N}-bit\n\
3479 @code{VECTOR_TYPE} arguments and return values in the same way as\n\
3480 before, to maintain backwards compatibility. However, it may also\n\
3481 provide new, architecture-specific @code{VECTOR_TYPE}s that are passed\n\
3482 and returned in a more efficient way. It is then important to maintain\n\
3483 a distinction between the ``normal'' @code{VECTOR_TYPE}s and the new\n\
3484 architecture-specific ones.\n\
3485 \n\
3486 The default implementation returns true, which is correct for most targets.",
3487 bool, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
3488 hook_bool_const_tree_const_tree_true)
3489
3490 DEFHOOK
3491 (vector_alignment,
3492 "This hook can be used to define the alignment for a vector of type\n\
3493 @var{type}, in order to comply with a platform ABI. The default is to\n\
3494 require natural alignment for vector types. The alignment returned by\n\
3495 this hook must be a power-of-two multiple of the default alignment of\n\
3496 the vector element type.",
3497 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type),
3498 default_vector_alignment)
3499
3500 DEFHOOK
3501 (array_mode,
3502 "Return the mode that GCC should use for an array that has\n\
3503 @var{nelems} elements, with each element having mode @var{mode}.\n\
3504 Return no mode if the target has no special requirements. In the\n\
3505 latter case, GCC looks for an integer mode of the appropriate size\n\
3506 if available and uses BLKmode otherwise. Usually the search for the\n\
3507 integer mode is limited to @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE_SIZE}, but the\n\
3508 @code{TARGET_ARRAY_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} hook allows a larger mode to be\n\
3509 used in specific cases.\n\
3510 \n\
3511 The main use of this hook is to specify that an array of vectors should\n\
3512 also have a vector mode. The default implementation returns no mode.",
3513 opt_machine_mode, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
3514 hook_optmode_mode_uhwi_none)
3515
3516 /* True if we should try to use a scalar mode to represent an array,
3517 overriding the usual MAX_FIXED_MODE limit. */
3518 DEFHOOK
3519 (array_mode_supported_p,
3520 "Return true if GCC should try to use a scalar mode to store an array\n\
3521 of @var{nelems} elements, given that each element has mode @var{mode}.\n\
3522 Returning true here overrides the usual @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE} limit\n\
3523 and allows GCC to use any defined integer mode.\n\
3524 \n\
3525 One use of this hook is to support vector load and store operations\n\
3526 that operate on several homogeneous vectors. For example, ARM NEON\n\
3527 has operations like:\n\
3528 \n\
3529 @smallexample\n\
3530 int8x8x3_t vld3_s8 (const int8_t *)\n\
3531 @end smallexample\n\
3532 \n\
3533 where the return type is defined as:\n\
3534 \n\
3535 @smallexample\n\
3536 typedef struct int8x8x3_t\n\
3537 @{\n\
3538 int8x8_t val[3];\n\
3539 @} int8x8x3_t;\n\
3540 @end smallexample\n\
3541 \n\
3542 If this hook allows @code{val} to have a scalar mode, then\n\
3543 @code{int8x8x3_t} can have the same mode. GCC can then store\n\
3544 @code{int8x8x3_t}s in registers rather than forcing them onto the stack.",
3545 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
3546 hook_bool_mode_uhwi_false)
3547
3548 DEFHOOK
3549 (libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p,
3550 "Define this to return nonzero if libgcc provides support for the \n\
3551 floating-point mode @var{mode}, which is known to pass \n\
3552 @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}. The default version of this \n\
3553 hook returns true for all of @code{SFmode}, @code{DFmode}, \n\
3554 @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode}, if such modes exist.",
3555 bool, (scalar_float_mode mode),
3556 default_libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p)
3557
3558 DEFHOOK
3559 (floatn_mode,
3560 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for the type \n\
3561 @code{_Float@var{n}}, if @var{extended} is false, or the type \n\
3562 @code{_Float@var{n}x}, if @var{extended} is true. If such a type is not\n\
3563 supported, return @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The default version of\n\
3564 this hook returns @code{SFmode} for @code{_Float32}, @code{DFmode} for\n\
3565 @code{_Float64} and @code{_Float32x} and @code{TFmode} for \n\
3566 @code{_Float128}, if those modes exist and satisfy the requirements for \n\
3567 those types and pass @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} and \n\
3568 @code{TARGET_LIBGCC_FLOATING_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}; for @code{_Float64x}, it \n\
3569 returns the first of @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode} that exists and \n\
3570 satisfies the same requirements; for other types, it returns \n\
3571 @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The hook is only called for values\n\
3572 of @var{n} and @var{extended} that are valid according to\n\
3573 ISO/IEC TS 18661-3:2015; that is, @var{n} is one of 32, 64, 128, or,\n\
3574 if @var{extended} is false, 16 or greater than 128 and a multiple of 32.",
3575 opt_scalar_float_mode, (int n, bool extended),
3576 default_floatn_mode)
3577
3578 DEFHOOK
3579 (floatn_builtin_p,
3580 "Define this to return true if the @code{_Float@var{n}} and\n\
3581 @code{_Float@var{n}x} built-in functions should implicitly enable the\n\
3582 built-in function without the @code{__builtin_} prefix in addition to the\n\
3583 normal built-in function with the @code{__builtin_} prefix. The default is\n\
3584 to only enable built-in functions without the @code{__builtin_} prefix for\n\
3585 the GNU C langauge. In strict ANSI/ISO mode, the built-in function without\n\
3586 the @code{__builtin_} prefix is not enabled. The argument @code{FUNC} is the\n\
3587 @code{enum built_in_function} id of the function to be enabled.",
3588 bool, (int func),
3589 default_floatn_builtin_p)
3590
3591 /* Compute cost of moving data from a register of class FROM to one of
3592 TO, using MODE. */
3593 DEFHOOK
3594 (register_move_cost,
3595 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3596 from a register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}. The classes\n\
3597 are expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}.\n\
3598 A value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to\n\
3599 that.\n\
3600 \n\
3601 It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the\n\
3602 same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between\n\
3603 registers if they are not general registers.\n\
3604 \n\
3605 If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two\n\
3606 hard registers, and if @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their\n\
3607 classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the\n\
3608 constraints of the insn are met. Setting a cost of other than 2 will\n\
3609 allow reload to verify that the constraints are met. You should do this\n\
3610 if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.\n\
3611 \n\
3612 The default version of this function returns 2.",
3613 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t from, reg_class_t to),
3614 default_register_move_cost)
3615
3616 /* Compute cost of moving registers to/from memory. */
3617 /* ??? Documenting the argument types for this hook requires a GFDL
3618 license grant. Also, the documentation uses a different name for RCLASS. */
3619 DEFHOOK
3620 (memory_move_cost,
3621 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3622 between a register of class @var{rclass} and memory; @var{in} is @code{false}\n\
3623 if the value is to be written to memory, @code{true} if it is to be read in.\n\
3624 This cost is relative to those in @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST}.\n\
3625 If moving between registers and memory is more expensive than between two\n\
3626 registers, you should add this target hook to express the relative cost.\n\
3627 \n\
3628 If you do not add this target hook, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus\n\
3629 the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is\n\
3630 needed. If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy\n\
3631 between memory and a register of @var{rclass} but the reload mechanism is\n\
3632 more complex than copying via an intermediate, use this target hook to\n\
3633 reflect the actual cost of the move.\n\
3634 \n\
3635 GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if\n\
3636 secondary reloads are needed. It computes the costs due to copying via\n\
3637 a secondary register. If your machine copies from memory using a\n\
3638 secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of\n\
3639 4 is not correct for your machine, use this target hook to add some other\n\
3640 value to the result of that function. The arguments to that function\n\
3641 are the same as to this target hook.",
3642 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t rclass, bool in),
3643 default_memory_move_cost)
3644
3645 DEFHOOK
3646 (use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p,
3647 "GCC will attempt several strategies when asked to copy between\n\
3648 two areas of memory, or to set, clear or store to memory, for example\n\
3649 when copying a @code{struct}. The @code{by_pieces} infrastructure\n\
3650 implements such memory operations as a sequence of load, store or move\n\
3651 insns. Alternate strategies are to expand the\n\
3652 @code{cpymem} or @code{setmem} optabs, to emit a library call, or to emit\n\
3653 unit-by-unit, loop-based operations.\n\
3654 \n\
3655 This target hook should return true if, for a memory operation with a\n\
3656 given @var{size} and @var{alignment}, using the @code{by_pieces}\n\
3657 infrastructure is expected to result in better code generation.\n\
3658 Both @var{size} and @var{alignment} are measured in terms of storage\n\
3659 units.\n\
3660 \n\
3661 The parameter @var{op} is one of: @code{CLEAR_BY_PIECES},\n\
3662 @code{MOVE_BY_PIECES}, @code{SET_BY_PIECES}, @code{STORE_BY_PIECES} or\n\
3663 @code{COMPARE_BY_PIECES}. These describe the type of memory operation\n\
3664 under consideration.\n\
3665 \n\
3666 The parameter @var{speed_p} is true if the code is currently being\n\
3667 optimized for speed rather than size.\n\
3668 \n\
3669 Returning true for higher values of @var{size} can improve code generation\n\
3670 for speed if the target does not provide an implementation of the\n\
3671 @code{cpymem} or @code{setmem} standard names, if the @code{cpymem} or\n\
3672 @code{setmem} implementation would be more expensive than a sequence of\n\
3673 insns, or if the overhead of a library call would dominate that of\n\
3674 the body of the memory operation.\n\
3675 \n\
3676 Returning true for higher values of @code{size} may also cause an increase\n\
3677 in code size, for example where the number of insns emitted to perform a\n\
3678 move would be greater than that of a library call.",
3679 bool, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int alignment,
3680 enum by_pieces_operation op, bool speed_p),
3681 default_use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p)
3682
3683 DEFHOOK
3684 (overlap_op_by_pieces_p,
3685 "This target hook should return true if when the @code{by_pieces}\n\
3686 infrastructure is used, an offset adjusted unaligned memory operation\n\
3687 in the smallest integer mode for the last piece operation of a memory\n\
3688 region can be generated to avoid doing more than one smaller operations.",
3689 bool, (void),
3690 hook_bool_void_false)
3691
3692 DEFHOOK
3693 (compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio,
3694 "When expanding a block comparison in MODE, gcc can try to reduce the\n\
3695 number of branches at the expense of more memory operations. This hook\n\
3696 allows the target to override the default choice. It should return the\n\
3697 factor by which branches should be reduced over the plain expansion with\n\
3698 one comparison per @var{mode}-sized piece. A port can also prevent a\n\
3699 particular mode from being used for block comparisons by returning a\n\
3700 negative number from this hook.",
3701 int, (machine_mode mode),
3702 default_compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio)
3703
3704 DEFHOOK
3705 (slow_unaligned_access,
3706 "This hook returns true if memory accesses described by the\n\
3707 @var{mode} and @var{alignment} parameters have a cost many times greater\n\
3708 than aligned accesses, for example if they are emulated in a trap handler.\n\
3709 This hook is invoked only for unaligned accesses, i.e.@: when\n\
3710 @code{@var{alignment} < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.\n\
3711 \n\
3712 When this hook returns true, the compiler will act as if\n\
3713 @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} were true when generating code for block\n\
3714 moves. This can cause significantly more instructions to be produced.\n\
3715 Therefore, do not make this hook return true if unaligned accesses only\n\
3716 add a cycle or two to the time for a memory access.\n\
3717 \n\
3718 The hook must return true whenever @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} is true.\n\
3719 The default implementation returns @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT}.",
3720 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned int align),
3721 default_slow_unaligned_access)
3722
3723 DEFHOOK
3724 (optab_supported_p,
3725 "Return true if the optimizers should use optab @var{op} with\n\
3726 modes @var{mode1} and @var{mode2} for optimization type @var{opt_type}.\n\
3727 The optab is known to have an associated @file{.md} instruction\n\
3728 whose C condition is true. @var{mode2} is only meaningful for conversion\n\
3729 optabs; for direct optabs it is a copy of @var{mode1}.\n\
3730 \n\
3731 For example, when called with @var{op} equal to @code{rint_optab} and\n\
3732 @var{mode1} equal to @code{DFmode}, the hook should say whether the\n\
3733 optimizers should use optab @code{rintdf2}.\n\
3734 \n\
3735 The default hook returns true for all inputs.",
3736 bool, (int op, machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2,
3737 optimization_type opt_type),
3738 default_optab_supported_p)
3739
3740 /* True for MODE if the target expects that registers in this mode will
3741 be allocated to registers in a small register class. The compiler is
3742 allowed to use registers explicitly used in the rtl as spill registers
3743 but it should prevent extending the lifetime of these registers. */
3744 DEFHOOK
3745 (small_register_classes_for_mode_p,
3746 "Define this to return nonzero for machine modes for which the port has\n\
3747 small register classes. If this target hook returns nonzero for a given\n\
3748 @var{mode}, the compiler will try to minimize the lifetime of registers\n\
3749 in @var{mode}. The hook may be called with @code{VOIDmode} as argument.\n\
3750 In this case, the hook is expected to return nonzero if it returns nonzero\n\
3751 for any mode.\n\
3752 \n\
3753 On some machines, it is risky to let hard registers live across arbitrary\n\
3754 insns. Typically, these machines have instructions that require values\n\
3755 to be in specific registers (like an accumulator), and reload will fail\n\
3756 if the required hard register is used for another purpose across such an\n\
3757 insn.\n\
3758 \n\
3759 Passes before reload do not know which hard registers will be used\n\
3760 in an instruction, but the machine modes of the registers set or used in\n\
3761 the instruction are already known. And for some machines, register\n\
3762 classes are small for, say, integer registers but not for floating point\n\
3763 registers. For example, the AMD x86-64 architecture requires specific\n\
3764 registers for the legacy x86 integer instructions, but there are many\n\
3765 SSE registers for floating point operations. On such targets, a good\n\
3766 strategy may be to return nonzero from this hook for @code{INTEGRAL_MODE_P}\n\
3767 machine modes but zero for the SSE register classes.\n\
3768 \n\
3769 The default version of this hook returns false for any mode. It is always\n\
3770 safe to redefine this hook to return with a nonzero value. But if you\n\
3771 unnecessarily define it, you will reduce the amount of optimizations\n\
3772 that can be performed in some cases. If you do not define this hook\n\
3773 to return a nonzero value when it is required, the compiler will run out\n\
3774 of spill registers and print a fatal error message.",
3775 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3776 hook_bool_mode_false)
3777
3778 /* Register number for a flags register. Only needs to be defined if the
3779 target is constrainted to use post-reload comparison elimination. */
3780 DEFHOOKPOD
3781 (flags_regnum,
3782 "If the target has a dedicated flags register, and it needs to use the\n\
3783 post-reload comparison elimination pass, or the delay slot filler pass,\n\
3784 then this value should be set appropriately.",
3785 unsigned int, INVALID_REGNUM)
3786
3787 /* Compute a (partial) cost for rtx X. Return true if the complete
3788 cost has been computed, and false if subexpressions should be
3789 scanned. In either case, *TOTAL contains the cost result. */
3790 /* Note that OUTER_CODE ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's
3791 not necessarily defined at this point. */
3792 DEFHOOK
3793 (rtx_costs,
3794 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL expressions.\n\
3795 \n\
3796 The cost may depend on the precise form of the expression, which is\n\
3797 available for examination in @var{x}, and the fact that @var{x} appears\n\
3798 as operand @var{opno} of an expression with rtx code @var{outer_code}.\n\
3799 That is, the hook can assume that there is some rtx @var{y} such\n\
3800 that @samp{GET_CODE (@var{y}) == @var{outer_code}} and such that\n\
3801 either (a) @samp{XEXP (@var{y}, @var{opno}) == @var{x}} or\n\
3802 (b) @samp{XVEC (@var{y}, @var{opno})} contains @var{x}.\n\
3803 \n\
3804 @var{mode} is @var{x}'s machine mode, or for cases like @code{const_int} that\n\
3805 do not have a mode, the mode in which @var{x} is used.\n\
3806 \n\
3807 In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3808 @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3809 instructions.\n\
3810 \n\
3811 On entry to the hook, @code{*@var{total}} contains a default estimate\n\
3812 for the cost of the expression. The hook should modify this value as\n\
3813 necessary. Traditionally, the default costs are @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (5)}\n\
3814 for multiplications, @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (7)} for division and modulus\n\
3815 operations, and @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (1)} for all other operations.\n\
3816 \n\
3817 When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3818 false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3819 size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.\n\
3820 \n\
3821 The hook returns true when all subexpressions of @var{x} have been\n\
3822 processed, and false when @code{rtx_cost} should recurse.",
3823 bool, (rtx x, machine_mode mode, int outer_code, int opno, int *total, bool speed),
3824 hook_bool_rtx_mode_int_int_intp_bool_false)
3825
3826 /* Compute the cost of X, used as an address. Never called with
3827 invalid addresses. */
3828 DEFHOOK
3829 (address_cost,
3830 "This hook computes the cost of an addressing mode that contains\n\
3831 @var{address}. If not defined, the cost is computed from\n\
3832 the @var{address} expression and the @code{TARGET_RTX_COST} hook.\n\
3833 \n\
3834 For most CISC machines, the default cost is a good approximation of the\n\
3835 true cost of the addressing mode. However, on RISC machines, all\n\
3836 instructions normally have the same length and execution time. Hence\n\
3837 all addresses will have equal costs.\n\
3838 \n\
3839 In cases where more than one form of an address is known, the form with\n\
3840 the lowest cost will be used. If multiple forms have the same, lowest,\n\
3841 cost, the one that is the most complex will be used.\n\
3842 \n\
3843 For example, suppose an address that is equal to the sum of a register\n\
3844 and a constant is used twice in the same basic block. When this macro\n\
3845 is not defined, the address will be computed in a register and memory\n\
3846 references will be indirect through that register. On machines where\n\
3847 the cost of the addressing mode containing the sum is no higher than\n\
3848 that of a simple indirect reference, this will produce an additional\n\
3849 instruction and possibly require an additional register. Proper\n\
3850 specification of this macro eliminates this overhead for such machines.\n\
3851 \n\
3852 This hook is never called with an invalid address.\n\
3853 \n\
3854 On machines where an address involving more than one register is as\n\
3855 cheap as an address computation involving only one register, defining\n\
3856 @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} to reflect this can cause two registers to\n\
3857 be live over a region of code where only one would have been if\n\
3858 @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} were not defined in that manner. This effect\n\
3859 should be considered in the definition of this macro. Equivalent costs\n\
3860 should probably only be given to addresses with different numbers of\n\
3861 registers on machines with lots of registers.",
3862 int, (rtx address, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as, bool speed),
3863 default_address_cost)
3864
3865 /* Compute a cost for INSN. */
3866 DEFHOOK
3867 (insn_cost,
3868 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL instructions.\n\
3869 \n\
3870 In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3871 @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3872 instructions.\n\
3873 \n\
3874 When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3875 false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3876 size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.",
3877 int, (rtx_insn *insn, bool speed), NULL)
3878
3879 /* Give a cost, in RTX Costs units, for an edge. Like BRANCH_COST, but with
3880 well defined units. */
3881 DEFHOOK
3882 (max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost,
3883 "This hook returns a value in the same units as @code{TARGET_RTX_COSTS},\n\
3884 giving the maximum acceptable cost for a sequence generated by the RTL\n\
3885 if-conversion pass when conditional execution is not available.\n\
3886 The RTL if-conversion pass attempts to convert conditional operations\n\
3887 that would require a branch to a series of unconditional operations and\n\
3888 @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns. This hook returns the maximum cost of the\n\
3889 unconditional instructions and the @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns.\n\
3890 RTL if-conversion is cancelled if the cost of the converted sequence\n\
3891 is greater than the value returned by this hook.\n\
3892 \n\
3893 @code{e} is the edge between the basic block containing the conditional\n\
3894 branch to the basic block which would be executed if the condition\n\
3895 were true.\n\
3896 \n\
3897 The default implementation of this hook uses the\n\
3898 @code{max-rtl-if-conversion-[un]predictable} parameters if they are set,\n\
3899 and uses a multiple of @code{BRANCH_COST} otherwise.",
3900 unsigned int, (edge e),
3901 default_max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost)
3902
3903 /* Return true if the given instruction sequence is a good candidate
3904 as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence. */
3905 DEFHOOK
3906 (noce_conversion_profitable_p,
3907 "This hook returns true if the instruction sequence @code{seq} is a good\n\
3908 candidate as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence described in\n\
3909 @code{if_info}.",
3910 bool, (rtx_insn *seq, struct noce_if_info *if_info),
3911 default_noce_conversion_profitable_p)
3912
3913 /* Return true if new_addr should be preferred over the existing address used by
3914 memref in insn. */
3915 DEFHOOK
3916 (new_address_profitable_p,
3917 "Return @code{true} if it is profitable to replace the address in\n\
3918 @var{memref} with @var{new_addr}. This allows targets to prevent the\n\
3919 scheduler from undoing address optimizations. The instruction containing the\n\
3920 memref is @var{insn}. The default implementation returns @code{true}.",
3921 bool, (rtx memref, rtx_insn * insn, rtx new_addr),
3922 default_new_address_profitable_p)
3923
3924 DEFHOOK
3925 (estimated_poly_value,
3926 "Return an estimate of the runtime value of @var{val}, for use in\n\
3927 things like cost calculations or profiling frequencies. @var{kind} is used\n\
3928 to ask for the minimum, maximum, and likely estimates of the value through\n\
3929 the @code{POLY_VALUE_MIN}, @code{POLY_VALUE_MAX} and\n\
3930 @code{POLY_VALUE_LIKELY} values. The default\n\
3931 implementation returns the lowest possible value of @var{val}.",
3932 HOST_WIDE_INT, (poly_int64 val, poly_value_estimate_kind kind),
3933 default_estimated_poly_value)
3934
3935 /* Permit speculative instructions in delay slots during delayed-branch
3936 scheduling. */
3937 DEFHOOK
3938 (no_speculation_in_delay_slots_p,
3939 "This predicate controls the use of the eager delay slot filler to disallow\n\
3940 speculatively executed instructions being placed in delay slots. Targets\n\
3941 such as certain MIPS architectures possess both branches with and without\n\
3942 delay slots. As the eager delay slot filler can decrease performance,\n\
3943 disabling it is beneficial when ordinary branches are available. Use of\n\
3944 delay slot branches filled using the basic filler is often still desirable\n\
3945 as the delay slot can hide a pipeline bubble.",
3946 bool, (void),
3947 hook_bool_void_false)
3948
3949 /* Return where to allocate pseudo for a given hard register initial value. */
3950 DEFHOOK
3951 (allocate_initial_value,
3952 "\n\
3953 When the initial value of a hard register has been copied in a pseudo\n\
3954 register, it is often not necessary to actually allocate another register\n\
3955 to this pseudo register, because the original hard register or a stack slot\n\
3956 it has been saved into can be used. @code{TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE}\n\
3957 is called at the start of register allocation once for each hard register\n\
3958 that had its initial value copied by using\n\
3959 @code{get_func_hard_reg_initial_val} or @code{get_hard_reg_initial_val}.\n\
3960 Possible values are @code{NULL_RTX}, if you don't want\n\
3961 to do any special allocation, a @code{REG} rtx---that would typically be\n\
3962 the hard register itself, if it is known not to be clobbered---or a\n\
3963 @code{MEM}.\n\
3964 If you are returning a @code{MEM}, this is only a hint for the allocator;\n\
3965 it might decide to use another register anyways.\n\
3966 You may use @code{current_function_is_leaf} or \n\
3967 @code{REG_N_SETS} in the hook to determine if the hard\n\
3968 register in question will not be clobbered.\n\
3969 The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which disables any special\n\
3970 allocation.",
3971 rtx, (rtx hard_reg), NULL)
3972
3973 /* Return nonzero if evaluating UNSPEC X might cause a trap.
3974 FLAGS has the same meaning as in rtlanal.cc: may_trap_p_1. */
3975 DEFHOOK
3976 (unspec_may_trap_p,
3977 "This target hook returns nonzero if @var{x}, an @code{unspec} or\n\
3978 @code{unspec_volatile} operation, might cause a trap. Targets can use\n\
3979 this hook to enhance precision of analysis for @code{unspec} and\n\
3980 @code{unspec_volatile} operations. You may call @code{may_trap_p_1}\n\
3981 to analyze inner elements of @var{x} in which case @var{flags} should be\n\
3982 passed along.",
3983 int, (const_rtx x, unsigned flags),
3984 default_unspec_may_trap_p)
3985
3986 /* Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers
3987 to represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook
3988 if the register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in
3989 non-contiguous locations, or if the register should be
3990 represented in more than one register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this
3991 hook should return NULL_RTX. */
3992 DEFHOOK
3993 (dwarf_register_span,
3994 "Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers to\n\
3995 represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook if the\n\
3996 register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in non-contiguous\n\
3997 locations, or if the register should be represented in more than one\n\
3998 register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this hook should return @code{NULL_RTX}.\n\
3999 If not defined, the default is to return @code{NULL_RTX}.",
4000 rtx, (rtx reg),
4001 hook_rtx_rtx_null)
4002
4003 /* Given a register return the mode of the corresponding DWARF frame
4004 register. */
4005 DEFHOOK
4006 (dwarf_frame_reg_mode,
4007 "Given a register, this hook should return the mode which the\n\
4008 corresponding Dwarf frame register should have. This is normally\n\
4009 used to return a smaller mode than the raw mode to prevent call\n\
4010 clobbered parts of a register altering the frame register size",
4011 machine_mode, (int regno),
4012 default_dwarf_frame_reg_mode)
4013
4014 /* If expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes needs to fill in table
4015 entries not corresponding directly to registers below
4016 FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, this hook should generate the necessary
4017 code, given the address of the table. */
4018 DEFHOOK
4019 (init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra,
4020 "If some registers are represented in Dwarf-2 unwind information in\n\
4021 multiple pieces, define this hook to fill in information about the\n\
4022 sizes of those pieces in the table used by the unwinder at runtime.\n\
4023 It will be called by @code{expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes} after\n\
4024 filling in a single size corresponding to each hard register;\n\
4025 @var{address} is the address of the table.",
4026 void, (tree address),
4027 hook_void_tree)
4028
4029 /* Fetch the fixed register(s) which hold condition codes, for
4030 targets where it makes sense to look for duplicate assignments to
4031 the condition codes. This should return true if there is such a
4032 register, false otherwise. The arguments should be set to the
4033 fixed register numbers. Up to two condition code registers are
4034 supported. If there is only one for this target, the int pointed
4035 at by the second argument should be set to -1. */
4036 DEFHOOK
4037 (fixed_condition_code_regs,
4038 "On targets which use a hard\n\
4039 register rather than a pseudo-register to hold condition codes, the\n\
4040 regular CSE passes are often not able to identify cases in which the\n\
4041 hard register is set to a common value. Use this hook to enable a\n\
4042 small pass which optimizes such cases. This hook should return true\n\
4043 to enable this pass, and it should set the integers to which its\n\
4044 arguments point to the hard register numbers used for condition codes.\n\
4045 When there is only one such register, as is true on most systems, the\n\
4046 integer pointed to by @var{p2} should be set to\n\
4047 @code{INVALID_REGNUM}.\n\
4048 \n\
4049 The default version of this hook returns false.",
4050 bool, (unsigned int *p1, unsigned int *p2),
4051 hook_bool_uintp_uintp_false)
4052
4053 /* If two condition code modes are compatible, return a condition
4054 code mode which is compatible with both, such that a comparison
4055 done in the returned mode will work for both of the original
4056 modes. If the condition code modes are not compatible, return
4057 VOIDmode. */
4058 DEFHOOK
4059 (cc_modes_compatible,
4060 "On targets which use multiple condition code modes in class\n\
4061 @code{MODE_CC}, it is sometimes the case that a comparison can be\n\
4062 validly done in more than one mode. On such a system, define this\n\
4063 target hook to take two mode arguments and to return a mode in which\n\
4064 both comparisons may be validly done. If there is no such mode,\n\
4065 return @code{VOIDmode}.\n\
4066 \n\
4067 The default version of this hook checks whether the modes are the\n\
4068 same. If they are, it returns that mode. If they are different, it\n\
4069 returns @code{VOIDmode}.",
4070 machine_mode, (machine_mode m1, machine_mode m2),
4071 default_cc_modes_compatible)
4072
4073 /* Do machine-dependent code transformations. Called just before
4074 delayed-branch scheduling. */
4075 DEFHOOK
4076 (machine_dependent_reorg,
4077 "If non-null, this hook performs a target-specific pass over the\n\
4078 instruction stream. The compiler will run it at all optimization levels,\n\
4079 just before the point at which it normally does delayed-branch scheduling.\n\
4080 \n\
4081 The exact purpose of the hook varies from target to target. Some use\n\
4082 it to do transformations that are necessary for correctness, such as\n\
4083 laying out in-function constant pools or avoiding hardware hazards.\n\
4084 Others use it as an opportunity to do some machine-dependent optimizations.\n\
4085 \n\
4086 You need not implement the hook if it has nothing to do. The default\n\
4087 definition is null.",
4088 void, (void), NULL)
4089
4090 /* Create the __builtin_va_list type. */
4091 DEFHOOK
4092 (build_builtin_va_list,
4093 "This hook returns a type node for @code{va_list} for the target.\n\
4094 The default version of the hook returns @code{void*}.",
4095 tree, (void),
4096 std_build_builtin_va_list)
4097
4098 /* Enumerate the va list variants. */
4099 DEFHOOK
4100 (enum_va_list_p,
4101 "This target hook is used in function @code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins}\n\
4102 to iterate through the target specific builtin types for va_list. The\n\
4103 variable @var{idx} is used as iterator. @var{pname} has to be a pointer\n\
4104 to a @code{const char *} and @var{ptree} a pointer to a @code{tree} typed\n\
4105 variable.\n\
4106 The arguments @var{pname} and @var{ptree} are used to store the result of\n\
4107 this macro and are set to the name of the va_list builtin type and its\n\
4108 internal type.\n\
4109 If the return value of this macro is zero, then there is no more element.\n\
4110 Otherwise the @var{IDX} should be increased for the next call of this\n\
4111 macro to iterate through all types.",
4112 int, (int idx, const char **pname, tree *ptree),
4113 NULL)
4114
4115 /* Get the cfun/fndecl calling abi __builtin_va_list type. */
4116 DEFHOOK
4117 (fn_abi_va_list,
4118 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by\n\
4119 @var{fndecl}.\n\
4120 The default version of this hook returns @code{va_list_type_node}.",
4121 tree, (tree fndecl),
4122 std_fn_abi_va_list)
4123
4124 /* Get the __builtin_va_list type dependent on input type. */
4125 DEFHOOK
4126 (canonical_va_list_type,
4127 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by the\n\
4128 type of @var{type}. If @var{type} is not a valid va_list type, it returns\n\
4129 @code{NULL_TREE}.",
4130 tree, (tree type),
4131 std_canonical_va_list_type)
4132
4133 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4134 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4135 (expand_builtin_va_start,
4136 "Expand the @code{__builtin_va_start} builtin.",
4137 void, (tree valist, rtx nextarg), NULL)
4138
4139 /* Gimplifies a VA_ARG_EXPR. */
4140 DEFHOOK
4141 (gimplify_va_arg_expr,
4142 "This hook performs target-specific gimplification of\n\
4143 @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. The first two parameters correspond to the\n\
4144 arguments to @code{va_arg}; the latter two are as in\n\
4145 @code{gimplify.cc:gimplify_expr}.",
4146 tree, (tree valist, tree type, gimple_seq *pre_p, gimple_seq *post_p),
4147 std_gimplify_va_arg_expr)
4148
4149 /* Validity-checking routines for PCH files, target-specific.
4150 get_pch_validity returns a pointer to the data to be stored,
4151 and stores the size in its argument. pch_valid_p gets the same
4152 information back and returns NULL if the PCH is valid,
4153 or an error message if not. */
4154 DEFHOOK
4155 (get_pch_validity,
4156 "This hook returns a pointer to the data needed by\n\
4157 @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} and sets\n\
4158 @samp{*@var{sz}} to the size of the data in bytes.",
4159 void *, (size_t *sz),
4160 default_get_pch_validity)
4161
4162 DEFHOOK
4163 (pch_valid_p,
4164 "This hook checks whether the options used to create a PCH file are\n\
4165 compatible with the current settings. It returns @code{NULL}\n\
4166 if so and a suitable error message if not. Error messages will\n\
4167 be presented to the user and must be localized using @samp{_(@var{msg})}.\n\
4168 \n\
4169 @var{data} is the data that was returned by @code{TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY}\n\
4170 when the PCH file was created and @var{sz} is the size of that data in bytes.\n\
4171 It's safe to assume that the data was created by the same version of the\n\
4172 compiler, so no format checking is needed.\n\
4173 \n\
4174 The default definition of @code{default_pch_valid_p} should be\n\
4175 suitable for most targets.",
4176 const char *, (const void *data, size_t sz),
4177 default_pch_valid_p)
4178
4179 DEFHOOK
4180 (prepare_pch_save,
4181 "Called before writing out a PCH file. If the target has some\n\
4182 garbage-collected data that needs to be in a particular state on PCH loads,\n\
4183 it can use this hook to enforce that state. Very few targets need\n\
4184 to do anything here.",
4185 void, (void),
4186 hook_void_void)
4187
4188 /* If nonnull, this function checks whether a PCH file with the
4189 given set of target flags can be used. It returns NULL if so,
4190 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4191 DEFHOOK
4192 (check_pch_target_flags,
4193 "If this hook is nonnull, the default implementation of\n\
4194 @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} will use it to check for compatible values\n\
4195 of @code{target_flags}. @var{pch_flags} specifies the value that\n\
4196 @code{target_flags} had when the PCH file was created. The return\n\
4197 value is the same as for @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P}.",
4198 const char *, (int pch_flags), NULL)
4199
4200 /* True if the compiler should give an enum type only as many
4201 bytes as it takes to represent the range of possible values of
4202 that type. */
4203 DEFHOOK
4204 (default_short_enums,
4205 "This target hook should return true if the compiler should give an\n\
4206 @code{enum} type only as many bytes as it takes to represent the range\n\
4207 of possible values of that type. It should return false if all\n\
4208 @code{enum} types should be allocated like @code{int}.\n\
4209 \n\
4210 The default is to return false.",
4211 bool, (void),
4212 hook_bool_void_false)
4213
4214 /* This target hook returns an rtx that is used to store the address
4215 of the current frame into the built-in setjmp buffer. */
4216 DEFHOOK
4217 (builtin_setjmp_frame_value,
4218 "This target hook should return an rtx that is used to store\n\
4219 the address of the current frame into the built in @code{setjmp} buffer.\n\
4220 The default value, @code{virtual_stack_vars_rtx}, is correct for most\n\
4221 machines. One reason you may need to define this target hook is if\n\
4222 @code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} is the appropriate value on your machine.",
4223 rtx, (void),
4224 default_builtin_setjmp_frame_value)
4225
4226 /* This target hook should manipulate the outputs, inputs, constraints,
4227 and clobbers the port wishes for pre-processing the asm. */
4228 DEFHOOK
4229 (md_asm_adjust,
4230 "This target hook may add @dfn{clobbers} to @var{clobbers} and\n\
4231 @var{clobbered_regs} for any hard regs the port wishes to automatically\n\
4232 clobber for an asm. The @var{outputs} and @var{inputs} may be inspected\n\
4233 to avoid clobbering a register that is already used by the asm. @var{loc}\n\
4234 is the source location of the asm.\n\
4235 \n\
4236 It may modify the @var{outputs}, @var{inputs}, @var{input_modes}, and\n\
4237 @var{constraints} as necessary for other pre-processing. In this case the\n\
4238 return value is a sequence of insns to emit after the asm. Note that\n\
4239 changes to @var{inputs} must be accompanied by the corresponding changes\n\
4240 to @var{input_modes}.",
4241 rtx_insn *,
4242 (vec<rtx>& outputs, vec<rtx>& inputs, vec<machine_mode>& input_modes,
4243 vec<const char *>& constraints, vec<rtx>& clobbers,
4244 HARD_REG_SET& clobbered_regs, location_t loc),
4245 NULL)
4246
4247 /* This target hook allows the backend to specify a calling convention
4248 in the debug information. This function actually returns an
4249 enum dwarf_calling_convention, but because of forward declarations
4250 and not wanting to include dwarf2.h everywhere target.h is included
4251 the function is being declared as an int. */
4252 DEFHOOK
4253 (dwarf_calling_convention,
4254 "Define this to enable the dwarf attribute @code{DW_AT_calling_convention} to\n\
4255 be emitted for each function. Instead of an integer return the enum\n\
4256 value for the @code{DW_CC_} tag.",
4257 int, (const_tree function),
4258 hook_int_const_tree_0)
4259
4260 /* This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that
4261 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The call frame debugging info
4262 engine will invoke it on insns of the form
4263 (set (reg) (unspec [...] UNSPEC_INDEX))
4264 and
4265 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [...] UNSPECV_INDEX))
4266 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. */
4267 DEFHOOK
4268 (dwarf_handle_frame_unspec,
4269 "This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that\n\
4270 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The DWARF 2 call frame debugging\n\
4271 info engine will invoke it on insns of the form\n\
4272 @smallexample\n\
4273 (set (reg) (unspec [@dots{}] UNSPEC_INDEX))\n\
4274 @end smallexample\n\
4275 and\n\
4276 @smallexample\n\
4277 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [@dots{}] UNSPECV_INDEX)).\n\
4278 @end smallexample\n\
4279 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. @var{label} is\n\
4280 the CFI label attached to the insn, @var{pattern} is the pattern of\n\
4281 the insn and @var{index} is @code{UNSPEC_INDEX} or @code{UNSPECV_INDEX}.",
4282 void, (const char *label, rtx pattern, int index), NULL)
4283
4284 DEFHOOK
4285 (dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value,
4286 "Express the value of @code{poly_int} indeterminate @var{i} as a DWARF\n\
4287 expression, with @var{i} counting from 1. Return the number of a DWARF\n\
4288 register @var{R} and set @samp{*@var{factor}} and @samp{*@var{offset}} such\n\
4289 that the value of the indeterminate is:\n\
4290 @smallexample\n\
4291 value_of(@var{R}) / @var{factor} - @var{offset}\n\
4292 @end smallexample\n\
4293 \n\
4294 A target only needs to define this hook if it sets\n\
4295 @samp{NUM_POLY_INT_COEFFS} to a value greater than 1.",
4296 unsigned int, (unsigned int i, unsigned int *factor, int *offset),
4297 default_dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value)
4298
4299 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4300 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4301 (stdarg_optimize_hook,
4302 "Perform architecture specific checking of statements gimplified\
4303 from @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. @var{stmt} is the statement. Returns true if\
4304 the statement doesn't need to be checked for @code{va_list} references.",
4305 bool, (struct stdarg_info *ai, const gimple *stmt), NULL)
4306
4307 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the DECL
4308 that represents the external variable that contains the stack
4309 protection guard variable. The type of this DECL is ptr_type_node. */
4310 DEFHOOK
4311 (stack_protect_guard,
4312 "This hook returns a @code{DECL} node for the external variable to use\n\
4313 for the stack protection guard. This variable is initialized by the\n\
4314 runtime to some random value and is used to initialize the guard value\n\
4315 that is placed at the top of the local stack frame. The type of this\n\
4316 variable must be @code{ptr_type_node}.\n\
4317 \n\
4318 The default version of this hook creates a variable called\n\
4319 @samp{__stack_chk_guard}, which is normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4320 tree, (void),
4321 default_stack_protect_guard)
4322
4323 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the CALL_EXPR
4324 that is invoked when a check vs the guard variable fails. */
4325 DEFHOOK
4326 (stack_protect_fail,
4327 "This hook returns a @code{CALL_EXPR} that alerts the runtime that the\n\
4328 stack protect guard variable has been modified. This expression should\n\
4329 involve a call to a @code{noreturn} function.\n\
4330 \n\
4331 The default version of this hook invokes a function called\n\
4332 @samp{__stack_chk_fail}, taking no arguments. This function is\n\
4333 normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4334 tree, (void),
4335 default_external_stack_protect_fail)
4336
4337 /* This target hook allows the operating system to disable the default stack
4338 protector runtime support. */
4339 DEFHOOK
4340 (stack_protect_runtime_enabled_p,
4341 "Returns true if the target wants GCC's default stack protect runtime support,\n\
4342 otherwise return false. The default implementation always returns true.",
4343 bool, (void),
4344 hook_bool_void_true)
4345
4346 DEFHOOK
4347 (have_speculation_safe_value,
4348 "This hook is used to determine the level of target support for\n\
4349 @code{__builtin_speculation_safe_value}. If called with an argument\n\
4350 of false, it returns true if the target has been modified to support\n\
4351 this builtin. If called with an argument of true, it returns true\n\
4352 if the target requires active mitigation execution might be speculative.\n\
4353 \n\
4354 The default implementation returns false if the target does not define\n\
4355 a pattern named @code{speculation_barrier}. Else it returns true\n\
4356 for the first case and whether the pattern is enabled for the current\n\
4357 compilation for the second case.\n\
4358 \n\
4359 For targets that have no processors that can execute instructions\n\
4360 speculatively an alternative implemenation of this hook is available:\n\
4361 simply redefine this hook to @code{speculation_safe_value_not_needed}\n\
4362 along with your other target hooks.",
4363 bool, (bool active), default_have_speculation_safe_value)
4364
4365 DEFHOOK
4366 (speculation_safe_value,
4367 "This target hook can be used to generate a target-specific code\n\
4368 sequence that implements the @code{__builtin_speculation_safe_value}\n\
4369 built-in function. The function must always return @var{val} in\n\
4370 @var{result} in mode @var{mode} when the cpu is not executing\n\
4371 speculatively, but must never return that when speculating until it\n\
4372 is known that the speculation will not be unwound. The hook supports\n\
4373 two primary mechanisms for implementing the requirements. The first\n\
4374 is to emit a speculation barrier which forces the processor to wait\n\
4375 until all prior speculative operations have been resolved; the second\n\
4376 is to use a target-specific mechanism that can track the speculation\n\
4377 state and to return @var{failval} if it can determine that\n\
4378 speculation must be unwound at a later time.\n\
4379 \n\
4380 The default implementation simply copies @var{val} to @var{result} and\n\
4381 emits a @code{speculation_barrier} instruction if that is defined.",
4382 rtx, (machine_mode mode, rtx result, rtx val, rtx failval),
4383 default_speculation_safe_value)
4384
4385 DEFHOOK
4386 (predict_doloop_p,
4387 "Return true if we can predict it is possible to use a low-overhead loop\n\
4388 for a particular loop. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to the loop.\n\
4389 This target hook is required only when the target supports low-overhead\n\
4390 loops, and will help ivopts to make some decisions.\n\
4391 The default version of this hook returns false.",
4392 bool, (class loop *loop),
4393 default_predict_doloop_p)
4394
4395 DEFHOOKPOD
4396 (have_count_reg_decr_p,
4397 "Return true if the target supports hardware count register for decrement\n\
4398 and branch.\n\
4399 The default value is false.",
4400 bool, false)
4401
4402 DEFHOOKPOD
4403 (doloop_cost_for_generic,
4404 "One IV candidate dedicated for doloop is introduced in IVOPTs, we can\n\
4405 calculate the computation cost of adopting it to any generic IV use by\n\
4406 function get_computation_cost as before. But for targets which have\n\
4407 hardware count register support for decrement and branch, it may have to\n\
4408 move IV value from hardware count register to general purpose register\n\
4409 while doloop IV candidate is used for generic IV uses. It probably takes\n\
4410 expensive penalty. This hook allows target owners to define the cost for\n\
4411 this especially for generic IV uses.\n\
4412 The default value is zero.",
4413 int64_t, 0)
4414
4415 DEFHOOKPOD
4416 (doloop_cost_for_address,
4417 "One IV candidate dedicated for doloop is introduced in IVOPTs, we can\n\
4418 calculate the computation cost of adopting it to any address IV use by\n\
4419 function get_computation_cost as before. But for targets which have\n\
4420 hardware count register support for decrement and branch, it may have to\n\
4421 move IV value from hardware count register to general purpose register\n\
4422 while doloop IV candidate is used for address IV uses. It probably takes\n\
4423 expensive penalty. This hook allows target owners to define the cost for\n\
4424 this escpecially for address IV uses.\n\
4425 The default value is zero.",
4426 int64_t, 0)
4427
4428 DEFHOOK
4429 (can_use_doloop_p,
4430 "Return true if it is possible to use low-overhead loops (@code{doloop_end}\n\
4431 and @code{doloop_begin}) for a particular loop. @var{iterations} gives the\n\
4432 exact number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{iterations_max} gives\n\
4433 the maximum number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{loop_depth} is\n\
4434 the nesting depth of the loop, with 1 for innermost loops, 2 for loops that\n\
4435 contain innermost loops, and so on. @var{entered_at_top} is true if the\n\
4436 loop is only entered from the top.\n\
4437 \n\
4438 This hook is only used if @code{doloop_end} is available. The default\n\
4439 implementation returns true. You can use @code{can_use_doloop_if_innermost}\n\
4440 if the loop must be the innermost, and if there are no other restrictions.",
4441 bool, (const widest_int &iterations, const widest_int &iterations_max,
4442 unsigned int loop_depth, bool entered_at_top),
4443 hook_bool_wint_wint_uint_bool_true)
4444
4445 /* Returns NULL if target supports the insn within a doloop block,
4446 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4447 DEFHOOK
4448 (invalid_within_doloop,
4449 "\n\
4450 Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return NULL if it is valid within a\n\
4451 low-overhead loop, otherwise return a string explaining why doloop\n\
4452 could not be applied.\n\
4453 \n\
4454 Many targets use special registers for low-overhead looping. For any\n\
4455 instruction that clobbers these this function should return a string indicating\n\
4456 the reason why the doloop could not be applied.\n\
4457 By default, the RTL loop optimizer does not use a present doloop pattern for\n\
4458 loops containing function calls or branch on table instructions.",
4459 const char *, (const rtx_insn *insn),
4460 default_invalid_within_doloop)
4461
4462 /* Returns the machine mode which the target prefers for doloop IV. */
4463 DEFHOOK
4464 (preferred_doloop_mode,
4465 "This hook takes a @var{mode} for a doloop IV, where @code{mode} is the\n\
4466 original mode for the operation. If the target prefers an alternate\n\
4467 @code{mode} for the operation, then this hook should return that mode;\n\
4468 otherwise the original @code{mode} should be returned. For example, on a\n\
4469 64-bit target, @code{DImode} might be preferred over @code{SImode}. Both the\n\
4470 original and the returned modes should be @code{MODE_INT}.",
4471 machine_mode,
4472 (machine_mode mode),
4473 default_preferred_doloop_mode)
4474
4475 /* Returns true for a legitimate combined insn. */
4476 DEFHOOK
4477 (legitimate_combined_insn,
4478 "Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return @code{false} if the instruction\n\
4479 is not appropriate as a combination of two or more instructions. The\n\
4480 default is to accept all instructions.",
4481 bool, (rtx_insn *insn),
4482 hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
4483
4484 DEFHOOK
4485 (valid_dllimport_attribute_p,
4486 "@var{decl} is a variable or function with @code{__attribute__((dllimport))}\n\
4487 specified. Use this hook if the target needs to add extra validation\n\
4488 checks to @code{handle_dll_attribute}.",
4489 bool, (const_tree decl),
4490 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
4491
4492 /* If non-zero, align constant anchors in CSE to a multiple of this
4493 value. */
4494 DEFHOOKPOD
4495 (const_anchor,
4496 "On some architectures it can take multiple instructions to synthesize\n\
4497 a constant. If there is another constant already in a register that\n\
4498 is close enough in value then it is preferable that the new constant\n\
4499 is computed from this register using immediate addition or\n\
4500 subtraction. We accomplish this through CSE. Besides the value of\n\
4501 the constant we also add a lower and an upper constant anchor to the\n\
4502 available expressions. These are then queried when encountering new\n\
4503 constants. The anchors are computed by rounding the constant up and\n\
4504 down to a multiple of the value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR}.\n\
4505 @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} should be the maximum positive value\n\
4506 accepted by immediate-add plus one. We currently assume that the\n\
4507 value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is a power of 2. For example, on\n\
4508 MIPS, where add-immediate takes a 16-bit signed value,\n\
4509 @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is set to @samp{0x8000}. The default value\n\
4510 is zero, which disables this optimization.",
4511 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
4512
4513 /* Defines, which target-dependent bits (upper 16) are used by port */
4514 DEFHOOK
4515 (memmodel_check,
4516 "Validate target specific memory model mask bits. When NULL no target specific\n\
4517 memory model bits are allowed.",
4518 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val), NULL)
4519
4520 /* Defines an offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding
4521 Address Sanitizer shadow address, or -1 if Address Sanitizer is not
4522 supported by the target. */
4523 DEFHOOK
4524 (asan_shadow_offset,
4525 "Return the offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding\n\
4526 Address Sanitizer shadow memory address. NULL if Address Sanitizer is not\n\
4527 supported by the target. May return 0 if Address Sanitizer is not supported\n\
4528 by a subtarget.",
4529 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
4530 NULL)
4531
4532 /* Functions relating to calls - argument passing, returns, etc. */
4533 /* Members of struct call have no special macro prefix. */
4534 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CALLS, calls)
4535
4536 DEFHOOK
4537 (promote_function_mode,
4538 "Like @code{PROMOTE_MODE}, but it is applied to outgoing function arguments or\n\
4539 function return values. The target hook should return the new mode\n\
4540 and possibly change @code{*@var{punsignedp}} if the promotion should\n\
4541 change signedness. This function is called only for scalar @emph{or\n\
4542 pointer} types.\n\
4543 \n\
4544 @var{for_return} allows to distinguish the promotion of arguments and\n\
4545 return values. If it is @code{1}, a return value is being promoted and\n\
4546 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must perform the same promotions done here.\n\
4547 If it is @code{2}, the returned mode should be that of the register in\n\
4548 which an incoming parameter is copied, or the outgoing result is computed;\n\
4549 then the hook should return the same mode as @code{promote_mode}, though\n\
4550 the signedness may be different.\n\
4551 \n\
4552 @var{type} can be NULL when promoting function arguments of libcalls.\n\
4553 \n\
4554 The default is to not promote arguments and return values. You can\n\
4555 also define the hook to @code{default_promote_function_mode_always_promote}\n\
4556 if you would like to apply the same rules given by @code{PROMOTE_MODE}.",
4557 machine_mode, (const_tree type, machine_mode mode, int *punsignedp,
4558 const_tree funtype, int for_return),
4559 default_promote_function_mode)
4560
4561 DEFHOOK
4562 (promote_prototypes,
4563 "This target hook returns @code{true} if an argument declared in a\n\
4564 prototype as an integral type smaller than @code{int} should actually be\n\
4565 passed as an @code{int}. In addition to avoiding errors in certain\n\
4566 cases of mismatch, it also makes for better code on certain machines.\n\
4567 The default is to not promote prototypes.",
4568 bool, (const_tree fntype),
4569 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4570
4571 DEFHOOK
4572 (struct_value_rtx,
4573 "This target hook should return the location of the structure value\n\
4574 address (normally a @code{mem} or @code{reg}), or 0 if the address is\n\
4575 passed as an ``invisible'' first argument. Note that @var{fndecl} may\n\
4576 be @code{NULL}, for libcalls. You do not need to define this target\n\
4577 hook if the address is always passed as an ``invisible'' first\n\
4578 argument.\n\
4579 \n\
4580 On some architectures the place where the structure value address\n\
4581 is found by the called function is not the same place that the\n\
4582 caller put it. This can be due to register windows, or it could\n\
4583 be because the function prologue moves it to a different place.\n\
4584 @var{incoming} is @code{1} or @code{2} when the location is needed in\n\
4585 the context of the called function, and @code{0} in the context of\n\
4586 the caller.\n\
4587 \n\
4588 If @var{incoming} is nonzero and the address is to be found on the\n\
4589 stack, return a @code{mem} which refers to the frame pointer. If\n\
4590 @var{incoming} is @code{2}, the result is being used to fetch the\n\
4591 structure value address at the beginning of a function. If you need\n\
4592 to emit adjusting code, you should do it at this point.",
4593 rtx, (tree fndecl, int incoming),
4594 hook_rtx_tree_int_null)
4595
4596 DEFHOOKPOD
4597 (omit_struct_return_reg,
4598 "Normally, when a function returns a structure by memory, the address\n\
4599 is passed as an invisible pointer argument, but the compiler also\n\
4600 arranges to return the address from the function like it would a normal\n\
4601 pointer return value. Define this to true if that behavior is\n\
4602 undesirable on your target.",
4603 bool, false)
4604
4605 DEFHOOK
4606 (return_in_memory,
4607 "This target hook should return a nonzero value to say to return the\n\
4608 function value in memory, just as large structures are always returned.\n\
4609 Here @var{type} will be the data type of the value, and @var{fntype}\n\
4610 will be the type of the function doing the returning, or @code{NULL} for\n\
4611 libcalls.\n\
4612 \n\
4613 Note that values of mode @code{BLKmode} must be explicitly handled\n\
4614 by this function. Also, the option @option{-fpcc-struct-return}\n\
4615 takes effect regardless of this macro. On most systems, it is\n\
4616 possible to leave the hook undefined; this causes a default\n\
4617 definition to be used, whose value is the constant 1 for @code{BLKmode}\n\
4618 values, and 0 otherwise.\n\
4619 \n\
4620 Do not use this hook to indicate that structures and unions should always\n\
4621 be returned in memory. You should instead use @code{DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN}\n\
4622 to indicate this.",
4623 bool, (const_tree type, const_tree fntype),
4624 default_return_in_memory)
4625
4626 DEFHOOK
4627 (return_in_msb,
4628 "This hook should return true if values of type @var{type} are returned\n\
4629 at the most significant end of a register (in other words, if they are\n\
4630 padded at the least significant end). You can assume that @var{type}\n\
4631 is returned in a register; the caller is required to check this.\n\
4632 \n\
4633 Note that the register provided by @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must\n\
4634 be able to hold the complete return value. For example, if a 1-, 2-\n\
4635 or 3-byte structure is returned at the most significant end of a\n\
4636 4-byte register, @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} should provide an\n\
4637 @code{SImode} rtx.",
4638 bool, (const_tree type),
4639 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4640
4641 /* Return true if a parameter must be passed by reference. TYPE may
4642 be null if this is a libcall. CA may be null if this query is
4643 from __builtin_va_arg. */
4644 DEFHOOK
4645 (pass_by_reference,
4646 "This target hook should return @code{true} if argument @var{arg} at the\n\
4647 position indicated by @var{cum} should be passed by reference. This\n\
4648 predicate is queried after target independent reasons for being\n\
4649 passed by reference, such as @code{TREE_ADDRESSABLE (@var{arg}.type)}.\n\
4650 \n\
4651 If the hook returns true, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a\n\
4652 pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself.\n\
4653 The pointer is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer\n\
4654 to that type.",
4655 bool,
4656 (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg),
4657 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_false)
4658
4659 DEFHOOK
4660 (expand_builtin_saveregs,
4661 "If defined, this hook produces the machine-specific code for a call to\n\
4662 @code{__builtin_saveregs}. This code will be moved to the very\n\
4663 beginning of the function, before any parameter access are made. The\n\
4664 return value of this function should be an RTX that contains the value\n\
4665 to use as the return of @code{__builtin_saveregs}.",
4666 rtx, (void),
4667 default_expand_builtin_saveregs)
4668
4669 /* Returns pretend_argument_size. */
4670 DEFHOOK
4671 (setup_incoming_varargs,
4672 "This target hook offers an alternative to using\n\
4673 @code{__builtin_saveregs} and defining the hook\n\
4674 @code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}. Use it to store the anonymous\n\
4675 register arguments into the stack so that all the arguments appear to\n\
4676 have been passed consecutively on the stack. Once this is done, you can\n\
4677 use the standard implementation of varargs that works for machines that\n\
4678 pass all their arguments on the stack.\n\
4679 \n\
4680 The argument @var{args_so_far} points to the @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} data\n\
4681 structure, containing the values that are obtained after processing the\n\
4682 named arguments. The argument @var{arg} describes the last of these named\n\
4683 arguments.\n\
4684 \n\
4685 The target hook should do two things: first, push onto the stack all the\n\
4686 argument registers @emph{not} used for the named arguments, and second,\n\
4687 store the size of the data thus pushed into the @code{int}-valued\n\
4688 variable pointed to by @var{pretend_args_size}. The value that you\n\
4689 store here will serve as additional offset for setting up the stack\n\
4690 frame.\n\
4691 \n\
4692 Because you must generate code to push the anonymous arguments at\n\
4693 compile time without knowing their data types,\n\
4694 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is only useful on machines that\n\
4695 have just a single category of argument register and use it uniformly\n\
4696 for all data types.\n\
4697 \n\
4698 If the argument @var{second_time} is nonzero, it means that the\n\
4699 arguments of the function are being analyzed for the second time. This\n\
4700 happens for an inline function, which is not actually compiled until the\n\
4701 end of the source file. The hook @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} should\n\
4702 not generate any instructions in this case.",
4703 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, const function_arg_info &arg,
4704 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4705 default_setup_incoming_varargs)
4706
4707 DEFHOOK
4708 (call_args,
4709 "While generating RTL for a function call, this target hook is invoked once\n\
4710 for each argument passed to the function, either a register returned by\n\
4711 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} or a memory location. It is called just\n\
4712 before the point where argument registers are stored. The type of the\n\
4713 function to be called is also passed as the second argument; it is\n\
4714 @code{NULL_TREE} for libcalls. The @code{TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS} hook is\n\
4715 invoked just after the code to copy the return reg has been emitted.\n\
4716 This functionality can be used to perform special setup of call argument\n\
4717 registers if a target needs it.\n\
4718 For functions without arguments, the hook is called once with @code{pc_rtx}\n\
4719 passed instead of an argument register.\n\
4720 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4721 void, (rtx, tree),
4722 hook_void_rtx_tree)
4723
4724 DEFHOOK
4725 (end_call_args,
4726 "This target hook is invoked while generating RTL for a function call,\n\
4727 just after the point where the return reg is copied into a pseudo. It\n\
4728 signals that all the call argument and return registers for the just\n\
4729 emitted call are now no longer in use.\n\
4730 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4731 void, (void),
4732 hook_void_void)
4733
4734 DEFHOOK
4735 (push_argument,
4736 "This target hook returns @code{true} if push instructions will be\n\
4737 used to pass outgoing arguments. When the push instruction usage is\n\
4738 optional, @var{npush} is nonzero to indicate the number of bytes to\n\
4739 push. Otherwise, @var{npush} is zero. If the target machine does not\n\
4740 have a push instruction or push instruction should be avoided,\n\
4741 @code{false} should be returned. That directs GCC to use an alternate\n\
4742 strategy: to allocate the entire argument block and then store the\n\
4743 arguments into it. If this target hook may return @code{true},\n\
4744 @code{PUSH_ROUNDING} must be defined.",
4745 bool, (unsigned int npush),
4746 default_push_argument)
4747
4748 DEFHOOK
4749 (strict_argument_naming,
4750 "Define this hook to return @code{true} if the location where a function\n\
4751 argument is passed depends on whether or not it is a named argument.\n\
4752 \n\
4753 This hook controls how the @var{named} argument to @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4754 is set for varargs and stdarg functions. If this hook returns\n\
4755 @code{true}, the @var{named} argument is always true for named\n\
4756 arguments, and false for unnamed arguments. If it returns @code{false},\n\
4757 but @code{TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED} returns @code{true},\n\
4758 then all arguments are treated as named. Otherwise, all named arguments\n\
4759 except the last are treated as named.\n\
4760 \n\
4761 You need not define this hook if it always returns @code{false}.",
4762 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4763 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_false)
4764
4765 /* Returns true if we should use
4766 targetm.calls.setup_incoming_varargs() and/or
4767 targetm.calls.strict_argument_naming(). */
4768 DEFHOOK
4769 (pretend_outgoing_varargs_named,
4770 "If you need to conditionally change ABIs so that one works with\n\
4771 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}, but the other works like neither\n\
4772 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} nor @code{TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING} was\n\
4773 defined, then define this hook to return @code{true} if\n\
4774 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is used, @code{false} otherwise.\n\
4775 Otherwise, you should not define this hook.",
4776 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4777 default_pretend_outgoing_varargs_named)
4778
4779 /* Given a complex type T, return true if a parameter of type T
4780 should be passed as two scalars. */
4781 DEFHOOK
4782 (split_complex_arg,
4783 "This hook should return true if parameter of type @var{type} are passed\n\
4784 as two scalar parameters. By default, GCC will attempt to pack complex\n\
4785 arguments into the target's word size. Some ABIs require complex arguments\n\
4786 to be split and treated as their individual components. For example, on\n\
4787 AIX64, complex floats should be passed in a pair of floating point\n\
4788 registers, even though a complex float would fit in one 64-bit floating\n\
4789 point register.\n\
4790 \n\
4791 The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which is treated as always\n\
4792 false.",
4793 bool, (const_tree type), NULL)
4794
4795 /* Return true if type T, mode MODE, may not be passed in registers,
4796 but must be passed on the stack. */
4797 /* ??? This predicate should be applied strictly after pass-by-reference.
4798 Need audit to verify that this is the case. */
4799 DEFHOOK
4800 (must_pass_in_stack,
4801 "This target hook should return @code{true} if we should not pass @var{arg}\n\
4802 solely in registers. The file @file{expr.h} defines a\n\
4803 definition that is usually appropriate, refer to @file{expr.h} for additional\n\
4804 documentation.",
4805 bool, (const function_arg_info &arg),
4806 must_pass_in_stack_var_size_or_pad)
4807
4808 /* Return true if type TYPE, mode MODE, which is passed by reference,
4809 should have the object copy generated by the callee rather than
4810 the caller. It is never called for TYPE requiring constructors. */
4811 DEFHOOK
4812 (callee_copies,
4813 "The function argument described by the parameters to this hook is\n\
4814 known to be passed by reference. The hook should return true if the\n\
4815 function argument should be copied by the callee instead of copied\n\
4816 by the caller.\n\
4817 \n\
4818 For any argument for which the hook returns true, if it can be\n\
4819 determined that the argument is not modified, then a copy need\n\
4820 not be generated.\n\
4821 \n\
4822 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
4823 bool,
4824 (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg),
4825 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_false)
4826
4827 /* Return zero for arguments passed entirely on the stack or entirely
4828 in registers. If passed in both, return the number of bytes passed
4829 in registers; the balance is therefore passed on the stack. */
4830 DEFHOOK
4831 (arg_partial_bytes,
4832 "This target hook returns the number of bytes at the beginning of an\n\
4833 argument that must be put in registers. The value must be zero for\n\
4834 arguments that are passed entirely in registers or that are entirely\n\
4835 pushed on the stack.\n\
4836 \n\
4837 On some machines, certain arguments must be passed partially in\n\
4838 registers and partially in memory. On these machines, typically the\n\
4839 first few words of arguments are passed in registers, and the rest\n\
4840 on the stack. If a multi-word argument (a @code{double} or a\n\
4841 structure) crosses that boundary, its first few words must be passed\n\
4842 in registers and the rest must be pushed. This macro tells the\n\
4843 compiler when this occurs, and how many bytes should go in registers.\n\
4844 \n\
4845 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for these arguments should return the first\n\
4846 register to be used by the caller for this argument; likewise\n\
4847 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG}, for the called function.",
4848 int, (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg),
4849 hook_int_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_0)
4850
4851 /* Update the state in CA to advance past an argument in the
4852 argument list. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4853 argument. */
4854 DEFHOOK
4855 (function_arg_advance,
4856 "This hook updates the summarizer variable pointed to by @var{ca} to\n\
4857 advance past argument @var{arg} in the argument list. Once this is done,\n\
4858 the variable @var{cum} is suitable for analyzing the @emph{following}\n\
4859 argument with @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}, etc.\n\
4860 \n\
4861 This hook need not do anything if the argument in question was passed\n\
4862 on the stack. The compiler knows how to track the amount of stack space\n\
4863 used for arguments without any special help.",
4864 void,
4865 (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg),
4866 default_function_arg_advance)
4867
4868 DEFHOOK
4869 (function_arg_offset,
4870 "This hook returns the number of bytes to add to the offset of an\n\
4871 argument of type @var{type} and mode @var{mode} when passed in memory.\n\
4872 This is needed for the SPU, which passes @code{char} and @code{short}\n\
4873 arguments in the preferred slot that is in the middle of the quad word\n\
4874 instead of starting at the top. The default implementation returns 0.",
4875 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4876 default_function_arg_offset)
4877
4878 DEFHOOK
4879 (function_arg_padding,
4880 "This hook determines whether, and in which direction, to pad out\n\
4881 an argument of mode @var{mode} and type @var{type}. It returns\n\
4882 @code{PAD_UPWARD} to insert padding above the argument, @code{PAD_DOWNWARD}\n\
4883 to insert padding below the argument, or @code{PAD_NONE} to inhibit padding.\n\
4884 \n\
4885 The @emph{amount} of padding is not controlled by this hook, but by\n\
4886 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ROUND_BOUNDARY}. It is always just enough\n\
4887 to reach the next multiple of that boundary.\n\
4888 \n\
4889 This hook has a default definition that is right for most systems.\n\
4890 For little-endian machines, the default is to pad upward. For\n\
4891 big-endian machines, the default is to pad downward for an argument of\n\
4892 constant size shorter than an @code{int}, and upward otherwise.",
4893 pad_direction, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4894 default_function_arg_padding)
4895
4896 /* Return zero if the argument described by the state of CA should
4897 be placed on a stack, or a hard register in which to store the
4898 argument. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4899 argument. */
4900 DEFHOOK
4901 (function_arg,
4902 "Return an RTX indicating whether function argument @var{arg} is passed\n\
4903 in a register and if so, which register. Argument @var{ca} summarizes all\n\
4904 the previous arguments.\n\
4905 \n\
4906 The return value is usually either a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4907 register in which to pass the argument, or zero to pass the argument\n\
4908 on the stack.\n\
4909 \n\
4910 The value of the expression can also be a @code{parallel} RTX@. This is\n\
4911 used when an argument is passed in multiple locations. The mode of the\n\
4912 @code{parallel} should be the mode of the entire argument. The\n\
4913 @code{parallel} holds any number of @code{expr_list} pairs; each one\n\
4914 describes where part of the argument is passed. In each\n\
4915 @code{expr_list} the first operand must be a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4916 register in which to pass this part of the argument, and the mode of the\n\
4917 register RTX indicates how large this part of the argument is. The\n\
4918 second operand of the @code{expr_list} is a @code{const_int} which gives\n\
4919 the offset in bytes into the entire argument of where this part starts.\n\
4920 As a special exception the first @code{expr_list} in the @code{parallel}\n\
4921 RTX may have a first operand of zero. This indicates that the entire\n\
4922 argument is also stored on the stack.\n\
4923 \n\
4924 The last time this hook is called, it is called with @code{MODE ==\n\
4925 VOIDmode}, and its result is passed to the @code{call} or @code{call_value}\n\
4926 pattern as operands 2 and 3 respectively.\n\
4927 \n\
4928 @cindex @file{stdarg.h} and register arguments\n\
4929 The usual way to make the ISO library @file{stdarg.h} work on a\n\
4930 machine where some arguments are usually passed in registers, is to\n\
4931 cause nameless arguments to be passed on the stack instead. This is\n\
4932 done by making @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} return 0 whenever\n\
4933 @var{named} is @code{false}.\n\
4934 \n\
4935 @cindex @code{TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4936 @cindex @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4937 You may use the hook @code{targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack}\n\
4938 in the definition of this macro to determine if this argument is of a\n\
4939 type that must be passed in the stack. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}\n\
4940 is not defined and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} returns nonzero for such an\n\
4941 argument, the compiler will abort. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is\n\
4942 defined, the argument will be computed in the stack and then loaded into\n\
4943 a register.",
4944 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg),
4945 default_function_arg)
4946
4947 DEFHOOK
4948 (function_incoming_arg,
4949 "Define this hook if the caller and callee on the target have different\n\
4950 views of where arguments are passed. Also define this hook if there are\n\
4951 functions that are never directly called, but are invoked by the hardware\n\
4952 and which have nonstandard calling conventions.\n\
4953 \n\
4954 In this case @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} computes the register in\n\
4955 which the caller passes the value, and\n\
4956 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} should be defined in a similar\n\
4957 fashion to tell the function being called where the arguments will\n\
4958 arrive.\n\
4959 \n\
4960 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} can also return arbitrary address\n\
4961 computation using hard register, which can be forced into a register,\n\
4962 so that it can be used to pass special arguments.\n\
4963 \n\
4964 If @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} is not defined,\n\
4965 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} serves both purposes.",
4966 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg),
4967 default_function_incoming_arg)
4968
4969 DEFHOOK
4970 (function_arg_boundary,
4971 "This hook returns the alignment boundary, in bits, of an argument\n\
4972 with the specified mode and type. The default hook returns\n\
4973 @code{PARM_BOUNDARY} for all arguments.",
4974 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4975 default_function_arg_boundary)
4976
4977 DEFHOOK
4978 (function_arg_round_boundary,
4979 "Normally, the size of an argument is rounded up to @code{PARM_BOUNDARY},\n\
4980 which is the default value for this hook. You can define this hook to\n\
4981 return a different value if an argument size must be rounded to a larger\n\
4982 value.",
4983 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4984 default_function_arg_round_boundary)
4985
4986 /* Return the diagnostic message string if function without a prototype
4987 is not allowed for this 'val' argument; NULL otherwise. */
4988 DEFHOOK
4989 (invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn,
4990 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4991 illegal to pass argument @var{val} to function @var{funcdecl}\n\
4992 with prototype @var{typelist}.",
4993 const char *, (const_tree typelist, const_tree funcdecl, const_tree val),
4994 hook_invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn)
4995
4996 /* Return an rtx for the return value location of the function
4997 specified by FN_DECL_OR_TYPE with a return type of RET_TYPE. */
4998 DEFHOOK
4999 (function_value,
5000 "\n\
5001 Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
5002 returns or receives a value of data type @var{ret_type}, a tree node\n\
5003 representing a data type. @var{fn_decl_or_type} is a tree node\n\
5004 representing @code{FUNCTION_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} of a\n\
5005 function being called. If @var{outgoing} is false, the hook should\n\
5006 compute the register in which the caller will see the return value.\n\
5007 Otherwise, the hook should return an RTX representing the place where\n\
5008 a function returns a value.\n\
5009 \n\
5010 On many machines, only @code{TYPE_MODE (@var{ret_type})} is relevant.\n\
5011 (Actually, on most machines, scalar values are returned in the same\n\
5012 place regardless of mode.) The value of the expression is usually a\n\
5013 @code{reg} RTX for the hard register where the return value is stored.\n\
5014 The value can also be a @code{parallel} RTX, if the return value is in\n\
5015 multiple places. See @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for an explanation of the\n\
5016 @code{parallel} form. Note that the callee will populate every\n\
5017 location specified in the @code{parallel}, but if the first element of\n\
5018 the @code{parallel} contains the whole return value, callers will use\n\
5019 that element as the canonical location and ignore the others. The m68k\n\
5020 port uses this type of @code{parallel} to return pointers in both\n\
5021 @samp{%a0} (the canonical location) and @samp{%d0}.\n\
5022 \n\
5023 If @code{TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN} returns true, you must apply\n\
5024 the same promotion rules specified in @code{PROMOTE_MODE} if\n\
5025 @var{valtype} is a scalar type.\n\
5026 \n\
5027 If the precise function being called is known, @var{func} is a tree\n\
5028 node (@code{FUNCTION_DECL}) for it; otherwise, @var{func} is a null\n\
5029 pointer. This makes it possible to use a different value-returning\n\
5030 convention for specific functions when all their calls are\n\
5031 known.\n\
5032 \n\
5033 Some target machines have ``register windows'' so that the register in\n\
5034 which a function returns its value is not the same as the one in which\n\
5035 the caller sees the value. For such machines, you should return\n\
5036 different RTX depending on @var{outgoing}.\n\
5037 \n\
5038 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} is not used for return values with\n\
5039 aggregate data types, because these are returned in another way. See\n\
5040 @code{TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX} and related macros, below.",
5041 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
5042 default_function_value)
5043
5044 /* Return the rtx for the result of a libcall of mode MODE,
5045 calling the function FN_NAME. */
5046 DEFHOOK
5047 (libcall_value,
5048 "Define this hook if the back-end needs to know the name of the libcall\n\
5049 function in order to determine where the result should be returned.\n\
5050 \n\
5051 The mode of the result is given by @var{mode} and the name of the called\n\
5052 library function is given by @var{fun}. The hook should return an RTX\n\
5053 representing the place where the library function result will be returned.\n\
5054 \n\
5055 If this hook is not defined, then LIBCALL_VALUE will be used.",
5056 rtx, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx fun),
5057 default_libcall_value)
5058
5059 /* Return true if REGNO is a possible register number for
5060 a function value as seen by the caller. */
5061 DEFHOOK
5062 (function_value_regno_p,
5063 "A target hook that return @code{true} if @var{regno} is the number of a hard\n\
5064 register in which the values of called function may come back.\n\
5065 \n\
5066 A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the\n\
5067 second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be\n\
5068 recognized by this target hook.\n\
5069 \n\
5070 If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called\n\
5071 function use different registers for the return value, this target hook\n\
5072 should recognize only the caller's register numbers.\n\
5073 \n\
5074 If this hook is not defined, then FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P will be used.",
5075 bool, (const unsigned int regno),
5076 default_function_value_regno_p)
5077
5078 DEFHOOK
5079 (fntype_abi,
5080 "Return the ABI used by a function with type @var{type}; see the\n\
5081 definition of @code{predefined_function_abi} for details of the ABI\n\
5082 descriptor. Targets only need to define this hook if they support\n\
5083 interoperability between several ABIs in the same translation unit.",
5084 const predefined_function_abi &, (const_tree type),
5085 NULL)
5086
5087 DEFHOOK
5088 (insn_callee_abi,
5089 "This hook returns a description of the ABI used by the target of\n\
5090 call instruction @var{insn}; see the definition of\n\
5091 @code{predefined_function_abi} for details of the ABI descriptor.\n\
5092 Only the global function @code{insn_callee_abi} should call this hook\n\
5093 directly.\n\
5094 \n\
5095 Targets only need to define this hook if they support\n\
5096 interoperability between several ABIs in the same translation unit.",
5097 const predefined_function_abi &, (const rtx_insn *insn),
5098 NULL)
5099
5100 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
5101 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
5102 (internal_arg_pointer,
5103 "Return an rtx for the argument pointer incoming to the\
5104 current function.",
5105 rtx, (void),
5106 default_internal_arg_pointer)
5107
5108 /* Update the current function stack boundary if needed. */
5109 DEFHOOK
5110 (update_stack_boundary,
5111 "Define this macro to update the current function stack boundary if\n\
5112 necessary.",
5113 void, (void), NULL)
5114
5115 /* Handle stack alignment and return an rtx for Dynamic Realign
5116 Argument Pointer if necessary. */
5117 DEFHOOK
5118 (get_drap_rtx,
5119 "This hook should return an rtx for Dynamic Realign Argument Pointer (DRAP) if a\n\
5120 different argument pointer register is needed to access the function's\n\
5121 argument list due to stack realignment. Return @code{NULL} if no DRAP\n\
5122 is needed.",
5123 rtx, (void), NULL)
5124
5125 /* Generate instruction sequence to zero call used registers. */
5126 DEFHOOK
5127 (zero_call_used_regs,
5128 "This target hook emits instructions to zero the subset of @var{selected_regs}\n\
5129 that could conceivably contain values that are useful to an attacker.\n\
5130 Return the set of registers that were actually cleared.\n\
5131 \n\
5132 For most targets, the returned set of registers is a subset of\n\
5133 @var{selected_regs}, however, for some of the targets (for example MIPS),\n\
5134 clearing some registers that are in the @var{selected_regs} requires\n\
5135 clearing other call used registers that are not in the @var{selected_regs},\n\
5136 under such situation, the returned set of registers must be a subset of all\n\
5137 call used registers.\n\
5138 \n\
5139 The default implementation uses normal move instructions to zero\n\
5140 all the registers in @var{selected_regs}. Define this hook if the\n\
5141 target has more efficient ways of zeroing certain registers,\n\
5142 or if you believe that certain registers would never contain\n\
5143 values that are useful to an attacker.",
5144 HARD_REG_SET, (HARD_REG_SET selected_regs),
5145 default_zero_call_used_regs)
5146
5147 /* Return true if all function parameters should be spilled to the
5148 stack. */
5149 DEFHOOK
5150 (allocate_stack_slots_for_args,
5151 "When optimization is disabled, this hook indicates whether or not\n\
5152 arguments should be allocated to stack slots. Normally, GCC allocates\n\
5153 stacks slots for arguments when not optimizing in order to make\n\
5154 debugging easier. However, when a function is declared with\n\
5155 @code{__attribute__((naked))}, there is no stack frame, and the compiler\n\
5156 cannot safely move arguments from the registers in which they are passed\n\
5157 to the stack. Therefore, this hook should return true in general, but\n\
5158 false for naked functions. The default implementation always returns true.",
5159 bool, (void),
5160 hook_bool_void_true)
5161
5162 /* Return an rtx for the static chain for FNDECL_OR_TYPE. If INCOMING_P
5163 is true, then it should be for the callee; otherwise for the caller. */
5164 DEFHOOK
5165 (static_chain,
5166 "This hook replaces the use of @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al for\n\
5167 targets that may use different static chain locations for different\n\
5168 nested functions. This may be required if the target has function\n\
5169 attributes that affect the calling conventions of the function and\n\
5170 those calling conventions use different static chain locations.\n\
5171 \n\
5172 The default version of this hook uses @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al.\n\
5173 \n\
5174 If the static chain is passed in memory, this hook should be used to\n\
5175 provide rtx giving @code{mem} expressions that denote where they are stored.\n\
5176 Often the @code{mem} expression as seen by the caller will be at an offset\n\
5177 from the stack pointer and the @code{mem} expression as seen by the callee\n\
5178 will be at an offset from the frame pointer.\n\
5179 @findex stack_pointer_rtx\n\
5180 @findex frame_pointer_rtx\n\
5181 @findex arg_pointer_rtx\n\
5182 The variables @code{stack_pointer_rtx}, @code{frame_pointer_rtx}, and\n\
5183 @code{arg_pointer_rtx} will have been initialized and should be used\n\
5184 to refer to those items.",
5185 rtx, (const_tree fndecl_or_type, bool incoming_p),
5186 default_static_chain)
5187
5188 /* Fill in the trampoline at MEM with a call to FNDECL and a
5189 static chain value of CHAIN. */
5190 DEFHOOK
5191 (trampoline_init,
5192 "This hook is called to initialize a trampoline.\n\
5193 @var{m_tramp} is an RTX for the memory block for the trampoline; @var{fndecl}\n\
5194 is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} for the nested function; @var{static_chain} is an\n\
5195 RTX for the static chain value that should be passed to the function\n\
5196 when it is called.\n\
5197 \n\
5198 If the target defines @code{TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE}, then the\n\
5199 first thing this hook should do is emit a block move into @var{m_tramp}\n\
5200 from the memory block returned by @code{assemble_trampoline_template}.\n\
5201 Note that the block move need only cover the constant parts of the\n\
5202 trampoline. If the target isolates the variable parts of the trampoline\n\
5203 to the end, not all @code{TRAMPOLINE_SIZE} bytes need be copied.\n\
5204 \n\
5205 If the target requires any other actions, such as flushing caches\n\
5206 (possibly calling function maybe_emit_call_builtin___clear_cache) or\n\
5207 enabling stack execution, these actions should be performed after\n\
5208 initializing the trampoline proper.",
5209 void, (rtx m_tramp, tree fndecl, rtx static_chain),
5210 default_trampoline_init)
5211
5212 /* Emit a call to a function to clear the instruction cache. */
5213 DEFHOOK
5214 (emit_call_builtin___clear_cache,
5215 "On targets that do not define a @code{clear_cache} insn expander,\n\
5216 but that define the @code{CLEAR_CACHE_INSN} macro,\n\
5217 maybe_emit_call_builtin___clear_cache relies on this target hook\n\
5218 to clear an address range in the instruction cache.\n\
5219 \n\
5220 The default implementation calls the @code{__clear_cache} builtin,\n\
5221 taking the assembler name from the builtin declaration. Overriding\n\
5222 definitions may call alternate functions, with alternate calling\n\
5223 conventions, or emit alternate RTX to perform the job.",
5224 void, (rtx begin, rtx end),
5225 default_emit_call_builtin___clear_cache)
5226
5227 /* Adjust the address of the trampoline in a target-specific way. */
5228 DEFHOOK
5229 (trampoline_adjust_address,
5230 "This hook should perform any machine-specific adjustment in\n\
5231 the address of the trampoline. Its argument contains the address of the\n\
5232 memory block that was passed to @code{TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT}. In case\n\
5233 the address to be used for a function call should be different from the\n\
5234 address at which the template was stored, the different address should\n\
5235 be returned; otherwise @var{addr} should be returned unchanged.\n\
5236 If this hook is not defined, @var{addr} will be used for function calls.",
5237 rtx, (rtx addr), NULL)
5238
5239 DEFHOOKPOD
5240 (custom_function_descriptors,
5241 "If the target can use GCC's generic descriptor mechanism for nested\n\
5242 functions, define this hook to a power of 2 representing an unused bit\n\
5243 in function pointers which can be used to differentiate descriptors at\n\
5244 run time. This value gives the number of bytes by which descriptor\n\
5245 pointers are misaligned compared to function pointers. For example, on\n\
5246 targets that require functions to be aligned to a 4-byte boundary, a\n\
5247 value of either 1 or 2 is appropriate unless the architecture already\n\
5248 reserves the bit for another purpose, such as on ARM.\n\
5249 \n\
5250 Define this hook to 0 if the target implements ABI support for\n\
5251 function descriptors in its standard calling sequence, like for example\n\
5252 HPPA or IA-64.\n\
5253 \n\
5254 Using descriptors for nested functions\n\
5255 eliminates the need for trampolines that reside on the stack and require\n\
5256 it to be made executable.",
5257 int, -1)
5258
5259 /* Return the number of bytes of its own arguments that a function
5260 pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments and the
5261 caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns. */
5262 /* ??? tm.texi has no types for the parameters. */
5263 DEFHOOK
5264 (return_pops_args,
5265 "This target hook returns the number of bytes of its own arguments that\n\
5266 a function pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments\n\
5267 and the caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns.\n\
5268 \n\
5269 @var{fundecl} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that describes\n\
5270 the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
5271 @code{FUNCTION_DECL} that describes the declaration of the function.\n\
5272 From this you can obtain the @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of the function.\n\
5273 \n\
5274 @var{funtype} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that\n\
5275 describes the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
5276 @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} that describes the data type of the function.\n\
5277 From this it is possible to obtain the data types of the value and\n\
5278 arguments (if known).\n\
5279 \n\
5280 When a call to a library function is being considered, @var{fundecl}\n\
5281 will contain an identifier node for the library function. Thus, if\n\
5282 you need to distinguish among various library functions, you can do so\n\
5283 by their names. Note that ``library function'' in this context means\n\
5284 a function used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known specially\n\
5285 in the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being compiled.\n\
5286 \n\
5287 @var{size} is the number of bytes of arguments passed on the\n\
5288 stack. If a variable number of bytes is passed, it is zero, and\n\
5289 argument popping will always be the responsibility of the calling function.\n\
5290 \n\
5291 On the VAX, all functions always pop their arguments, so the definition\n\
5292 of this macro is @var{size}. On the 68000, using the standard\n\
5293 calling convention, no functions pop their arguments, so the value of\n\
5294 the macro is always 0 in this case. But an alternative calling\n\
5295 convention is available in which functions that take a fixed number of\n\
5296 arguments pop them but other functions (such as @code{printf}) pop\n\
5297 nothing (the caller pops all). When this convention is in use,\n\
5298 @var{funtype} is examined to determine whether a function takes a fixed\n\
5299 number of arguments.",
5300 poly_int64, (tree fundecl, tree funtype, poly_int64 size),
5301 default_return_pops_args)
5302
5303 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any function value that might be
5304 returned. */
5305 DEFHOOK
5306 (get_raw_result_mode,
5307 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw return\n\
5308 registers in @code{__builtin_return}. Define this macro if the value\n\
5309 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
5310 fixed_size_mode, (int regno),
5311 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5312
5313 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any argument value that might be
5314 passed. */
5315 DEFHOOK
5316 (get_raw_arg_mode,
5317 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw argument\n\
5318 registers in @code{__builtin_apply_args}. Define this macro if the value\n\
5319 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
5320 fixed_size_mode, (int regno),
5321 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5322
5323 /* Return true if a type is an empty record. */
5324 DEFHOOK
5325 (empty_record_p,
5326 "This target hook returns true if the type is an empty record. The default\n\
5327 is to return @code{false}.",
5328 bool, (const_tree type),
5329 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
5330
5331 /* Warn about the change in empty class parameter passing ABI. */
5332 DEFHOOK
5333 (warn_parameter_passing_abi,
5334 "This target hook warns about the change in empty class parameter passing\n\
5335 ABI.",
5336 void, (cumulative_args_t ca, tree type),
5337 hook_void_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_tree)
5338
5339 HOOK_VECTOR_END (calls)
5340
5341 DEFHOOK
5342 (use_pseudo_pic_reg,
5343 "This hook should return 1 in case pseudo register should be created\n\
5344 for pic_offset_table_rtx during function expand.",
5345 bool, (void),
5346 hook_bool_void_false)
5347
5348 DEFHOOK
5349 (init_pic_reg,
5350 "Perform a target dependent initialization of pic_offset_table_rtx.\n\
5351 This hook is called at the start of register allocation.",
5352 void, (void),
5353 hook_void_void)
5354
5355 /* Return the diagnostic message string if conversion from FROMTYPE
5356 to TOTYPE is not allowed, NULL otherwise. */
5357 DEFHOOK
5358 (invalid_conversion,
5359 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5360 invalid to convert from @var{fromtype} to @var{totype}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5361 if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5362 const char *, (const_tree fromtype, const_tree totype),
5363 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5364
5365 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the unary operation OP is
5366 not permitted on TYPE, NULL otherwise. */
5367 DEFHOOK
5368 (invalid_unary_op,
5369 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5370 invalid to apply operation @var{op} (where unary plus is denoted by\n\
5371 @code{CONVERT_EXPR}) to an operand of type @var{type}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5372 if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5373 const char *, (int op, const_tree type),
5374 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_null)
5375
5376 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the binary operation OP
5377 is not permitted on TYPE1 and TYPE2, NULL otherwise. */
5378 DEFHOOK
5379 (invalid_binary_op,
5380 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5381 invalid to apply operation @var{op} to operands of types @var{type1}\n\
5382 and @var{type2}, or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\
5383 the front end.",
5384 const char *, (int op, const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
5385 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5386
5387 /* If values of TYPE are promoted to some other type when used in
5388 expressions (analogous to the integer promotions), return that type,
5389 or NULL_TREE otherwise. */
5390 DEFHOOK
5391 (promoted_type,
5392 "If defined, this target hook returns the type to which values of\n\
5393 @var{type} should be promoted when they appear in expressions,\n\
5394 analogous to the integer promotions, or @code{NULL_TREE} to use the\n\
5395 front end's normal promotion rules. This hook is useful when there are\n\
5396 target-specific types with special promotion rules.\n\
5397 This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5398 tree, (const_tree type),
5399 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
5400
5401 /* Convert EXPR to TYPE, if target-specific types with special conversion
5402 rules are involved. Return the converted expression, or NULL to apply
5403 the standard conversion rules. */
5404 DEFHOOK
5405 (convert_to_type,
5406 "If defined, this hook returns the result of converting @var{expr} to\n\
5407 @var{type}. It should return the converted expression,\n\
5408 or @code{NULL_TREE} to apply the front end's normal conversion rules.\n\
5409 This hook is useful when there are target-specific types with special\n\
5410 conversion rules.\n\
5411 This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5412 tree, (tree type, tree expr),
5413 hook_tree_tree_tree_null)
5414
5415 DEFHOOK
5416 (verify_type_context,
5417 "If defined, this hook returns false if there is a target-specific reason\n\
5418 why type @var{type} cannot be used in the source language context described\n\
5419 by @var{context}. When @var{silent_p} is false, the hook also reports an\n\
5420 error against @var{loc} for invalid uses of @var{type}.\n\
5421 \n\
5422 Calls to this hook should be made through the global function\n\
5423 @code{verify_type_context}, which makes the @var{silent_p} parameter\n\
5424 default to false and also handles @code{error_mark_node}.\n\
5425 \n\
5426 The default implementation always returns true.",
5427 bool, (location_t loc, type_context_kind context, const_tree type,
5428 bool silent_p),
5429 NULL)
5430
5431 DEFHOOK
5432 (can_change_mode_class,
5433 "This hook returns true if it is possible to bitcast values held in\n\
5434 registers of class @var{rclass} from mode @var{from} to mode @var{to}\n\
5435 and if doing so preserves the low-order bits that are common to both modes.\n\
5436 The result is only meaningful if @var{rclass} has registers that can hold\n\
5437 both @code{from} and @code{to}. The default implementation returns true.\n\
5438 \n\
5439 As an example of when such bitcasting is invalid, loading 32-bit integer or\n\
5440 floating-point objects into floating-point registers on Alpha extends them\n\
5441 to 64 bits. Therefore loading a 64-bit object and then storing it as a\n\
5442 32-bit object does not store the low-order 32 bits, as would be the case\n\
5443 for a normal register. Therefore, @file{alpha.h} defines\n\
5444 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} to return:\n\
5445 \n\
5446 @smallexample\n\
5447 (GET_MODE_SIZE (from) == GET_MODE_SIZE (to)\n\
5448 || !reg_classes_intersect_p (FLOAT_REGS, rclass))\n\
5449 @end smallexample\n\
5450 \n\
5451 Even if storing from a register in mode @var{to} would be valid,\n\
5452 if both @var{from} and @code{raw_reg_mode} for @var{rclass} are wider\n\
5453 than @code{word_mode}, then we must prevent @var{to} narrowing the\n\
5454 mode. This happens when the middle-end assumes that it can load\n\
5455 or store pieces of an @var{N}-word pseudo, and that the pseudo will\n\
5456 eventually be allocated to @var{N} @code{word_mode} hard registers.\n\
5457 Failure to prevent this kind of mode change will result in the\n\
5458 entire @code{raw_reg_mode} being modified instead of the partial\n\
5459 value that the middle-end intended.",
5460 bool, (machine_mode from, machine_mode to, reg_class_t rclass),
5461 hook_bool_mode_mode_reg_class_t_true)
5462
5463 /* Change pseudo allocno class calculated by IRA. */
5464 DEFHOOK
5465 (ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class,
5466 "A target hook which can change allocno class for given pseudo from\n\
5467 allocno and best class calculated by IRA.\n\
5468 \n\
5469 The default version of this target hook always returns given class.",
5470 reg_class_t, (int, reg_class_t, reg_class_t),
5471 default_ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class)
5472
5473 /* Return true if we use LRA instead of reload. */
5474 DEFHOOK
5475 (lra_p,
5476 "A target hook which returns true if we use LRA instead of reload pass.\n\
5477 \n\
5478 The default version of this target hook returns true. New ports\n\
5479 should use LRA, and existing ports are encouraged to convert.",
5480 bool, (void),
5481 default_lra_p)
5482
5483 /* Return register priority of given hard regno for the current target. */
5484 DEFHOOK
5485 (register_priority,
5486 "A target hook which returns the register priority number to which the\n\
5487 register @var{hard_regno} belongs to. The bigger the number, the\n\
5488 more preferable the hard register usage (when all other conditions are\n\
5489 the same). This hook can be used to prefer some hard register over\n\
5490 others in LRA. For example, some x86-64 register usage needs\n\
5491 additional prefix which makes instructions longer. The hook can\n\
5492 return lower priority number for such registers make them less favorable\n\
5493 and as result making the generated code smaller.\n\
5494 \n\
5495 The default version of this target hook returns always zero.",
5496 int, (int),
5497 default_register_priority)
5498
5499 /* Return true if we need register usage leveling. */
5500 DEFHOOK
5501 (register_usage_leveling_p,
5502 "A target hook which returns true if we need register usage leveling.\n\
5503 That means if a few hard registers are equally good for the\n\
5504 assignment, we choose the least used hard register. The register\n\
5505 usage leveling may be profitable for some targets. Don't use the\n\
5506 usage leveling for targets with conditional execution or targets\n\
5507 with big register files as it hurts if-conversion and cross-jumping\n\
5508 optimizations.\n\
5509 \n\
5510 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5511 bool, (void),
5512 default_register_usage_leveling_p)
5513
5514 /* Return true if maximal address displacement can be different. */
5515 DEFHOOK
5516 (different_addr_displacement_p,
5517 "A target hook which returns true if an address with the same structure\n\
5518 can have different maximal legitimate displacement. For example, the\n\
5519 displacement can depend on memory mode or on operand combinations in\n\
5520 the insn.\n\
5521 \n\
5522 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5523 bool, (void),
5524 default_different_addr_displacement_p)
5525
5526 /* Determine class for spilling pseudos of given mode into registers
5527 instead of memory. */
5528 DEFHOOK
5529 (spill_class,
5530 "This hook defines a class of registers which could be used for spilling\n\
5531 pseudos of the given mode and class, or @code{NO_REGS} if only memory\n\
5532 should be used. Not defining this hook is equivalent to returning\n\
5533 @code{NO_REGS} for all inputs.",
5534 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t, machine_mode),
5535 NULL)
5536
5537 /* Determine an additional allocno class. */
5538 DEFHOOK
5539 (additional_allocno_class_p,
5540 "This hook should return @code{true} if given class of registers should\n\
5541 be an allocno class in any way. Usually RA uses only one register\n\
5542 class from all classes containing the same register set. In some\n\
5543 complicated cases, you need to have two or more such classes as\n\
5544 allocno ones for RA correct work. Not defining this hook is\n\
5545 equivalent to returning @code{false} for all inputs.",
5546 bool, (reg_class_t),
5547 hook_bool_reg_class_t_false)
5548
5549 DEFHOOK
5550 (cstore_mode,
5551 "This hook defines the machine mode to use for the boolean result of\n\
5552 conditional store patterns. The ICODE argument is the instruction code\n\
5553 for the cstore being performed. Not definiting this hook is the same\n\
5554 as accepting the mode encoded into operand 0 of the cstore expander\n\
5555 patterns.",
5556 scalar_int_mode, (enum insn_code icode),
5557 default_cstore_mode)
5558
5559 /* This target hook allows the backend to compute the register pressure
5560 classes to use. */
5561 DEFHOOK
5562 (compute_pressure_classes,
5563 "A target hook which lets a backend compute the set of pressure classes to\n\
5564 be used by those optimization passes which take register pressure into\n\
5565 account, as opposed to letting IRA compute them. It returns the number of\n\
5566 register classes stored in the array @var{pressure_classes}.",
5567 int, (enum reg_class *pressure_classes), NULL)
5568
5569 /* True if a structure, union or array with MODE containing FIELD should
5570 be accessed using BLKmode. */
5571 DEFHOOK
5572 (member_type_forces_blk,
5573 "Return true if a structure, union or array containing @var{field} should\n\
5574 be accessed using @code{BLKMODE}.\n\
5575 \n\
5576 If @var{field} is the only field in the structure, @var{mode} is its\n\
5577 mode, otherwise @var{mode} is VOIDmode. @var{mode} is provided in the\n\
5578 case where structures of one field would require the structure's mode to\n\
5579 retain the field's mode.\n\
5580 \n\
5581 Normally, this is not needed.",
5582 bool, (const_tree field, machine_mode mode),
5583 default_member_type_forces_blk)
5584
5585 /* See tree-ssa-math-opts.cc:divmod_candidate_p for conditions
5586 that gate the divod transform. */
5587 DEFHOOK
5588 (expand_divmod_libfunc,
5589 "Define this hook for enabling divmod transform if the port does not have\n\
5590 hardware divmod insn but defines target-specific divmod libfuncs.",
5591 void, (rtx libfunc, machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx *quot, rtx *rem),
5592 NULL)
5593
5594 /* Return the class for a secondary reload, and fill in extra information. */
5595 DEFHOOK
5596 (secondary_reload,
5597 "Many machines have some registers that cannot be copied directly to or\n\
5598 from memory or even from other types of registers. An example is the\n\
5599 @samp{MQ} register, which on most machines, can only be copied to or\n\
5600 from general registers, but not memory. Below, we shall be using the\n\
5601 term 'intermediate register' when a move operation cannot be performed\n\
5602 directly, but has to be done by copying the source into the intermediate\n\
5603 register first, and then copying the intermediate register to the\n\
5604 destination. An intermediate register always has the same mode as\n\
5605 source and destination. Since it holds the actual value being copied,\n\
5606 reload might apply optimizations to re-use an intermediate register\n\
5607 and eliding the copy from the source when it can determine that the\n\
5608 intermediate register still holds the required value.\n\
5609 \n\
5610 Another kind of secondary reload is required on some machines which\n\
5611 allow copying all registers to and from memory, but require a scratch\n\
5612 register for stores to some memory locations (e.g., those with symbolic\n\
5613 address on the RT, and those with certain symbolic address on the SPARC\n\
5614 when compiling PIC)@. Scratch registers need not have the same mode\n\
5615 as the value being copied, and usually hold a different value than\n\
5616 that being copied. Special patterns in the md file are needed to\n\
5617 describe how the copy is performed with the help of the scratch register;\n\
5618 these patterns also describe the number, register class(es) and mode(s)\n\
5619 of the scratch register(s).\n\
5620 \n\
5621 In some cases, both an intermediate and a scratch register are required.\n\
5622 \n\
5623 For input reloads, this target hook is called with nonzero @var{in_p},\n\
5624 and @var{x} is an rtx that needs to be copied to a register of class\n\
5625 @var{reload_class} in @var{reload_mode}. For output reloads, this target\n\
5626 hook is called with zero @var{in_p}, and a register of class @var{reload_class}\n\
5627 needs to be copied to rtx @var{x} in @var{reload_mode}.\n\
5628 \n\
5629 If copying a register of @var{reload_class} from/to @var{x} requires\n\
5630 an intermediate register, the hook @code{secondary_reload} should\n\
5631 return the register class required for this intermediate register.\n\
5632 If no intermediate register is required, it should return NO_REGS.\n\
5633 If more than one intermediate register is required, describe the one\n\
5634 that is closest in the copy chain to the reload register.\n\
5635 \n\
5636 If scratch registers are needed, you also have to describe how to\n\
5637 perform the copy from/to the reload register to/from this\n\
5638 closest intermediate register. Or if no intermediate register is\n\
5639 required, but still a scratch register is needed, describe the\n\
5640 copy from/to the reload register to/from the reload operand @var{x}.\n\
5641 \n\
5642 You do this by setting @code{sri->icode} to the instruction code of a pattern\n\
5643 in the md file which performs the move. Operands 0 and 1 are the output\n\
5644 and input of this copy, respectively. Operands from operand 2 onward are\n\
5645 for scratch operands. These scratch operands must have a mode, and a\n\
5646 single-register-class\n\
5647 @c [later: or memory]\n\
5648 output constraint.\n\
5649 \n\
5650 When an intermediate register is used, the @code{secondary_reload}\n\
5651 hook will be called again to determine how to copy the intermediate\n\
5652 register to/from the reload operand @var{x}, so your hook must also\n\
5653 have code to handle the register class of the intermediate operand.\n\
5654 \n\
5655 @c [For later: maybe we'll allow multi-alternative reload patterns -\n\
5656 @c the port maintainer could name a mov<mode> pattern that has clobbers -\n\
5657 @c and match the constraints of input and output to determine the required\n\
5658 @c alternative. A restriction would be that constraints used to match\n\
5659 @c against reloads registers would have to be written as register class\n\
5660 @c constraints, or we need a new target macro / hook that tells us if an\n\
5661 @c arbitrary constraint can match an unknown register of a given class.\n\
5662 @c Such a macro / hook would also be useful in other places.]\n\
5663 \n\
5664 \n\
5665 @var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a\n\
5666 pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.\n\
5667 Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is\n\
5668 in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.\n\
5669 \n\
5670 Scratch operands in memory (constraint @code{\"=m\"} / @code{\"=&m\"}) are\n\
5671 currently not supported. For the time being, you will have to continue\n\
5672 to use @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} for that purpose.\n\
5673 \n\
5674 @code{copy_cost} also uses this target hook to find out how values are\n\
5675 copied. If you want it to include some extra cost for the need to allocate\n\
5676 (a) scratch register(s), set @code{sri->extra_cost} to the additional cost.\n\
5677 Or if two dependent moves are supposed to have a lower cost than the sum\n\
5678 of the individual moves due to expected fortuitous scheduling and/or special\n\
5679 forwarding logic, you can set @code{sri->extra_cost} to a negative amount.",
5680 reg_class_t,
5681 (bool in_p, rtx x, reg_class_t reload_class, machine_mode reload_mode,
5682 secondary_reload_info *sri),
5683 default_secondary_reload)
5684
5685 DEFHOOK
5686 (secondary_memory_needed,
5687 "Certain machines have the property that some registers cannot be copied\n\
5688 to some other registers without using memory. Define this hook on\n\
5689 those machines to return true if objects of mode @var{m} in registers\n\
5690 of @var{class1} can only be copied to registers of class @var{class2} by\n\
5691 storing a register of @var{class1} into memory and loading that memory\n\
5692 location into a register of @var{class2}. The default definition returns\n\
5693 false for all inputs.",
5694 bool, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t class1, reg_class_t class2),
5695 hook_bool_mode_reg_class_t_reg_class_t_false)
5696
5697 DEFHOOK
5698 (secondary_memory_needed_mode,
5699 "If @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} tells the compiler to use memory\n\
5700 when moving between two particular registers of mode @var{mode},\n\
5701 this hook specifies the mode that the memory should have.\n\
5702 \n\
5703 The default depends on @code{TARGET_LRA_P}. Without LRA, the default\n\
5704 is to use a word-sized mode for integral modes that are smaller than a\n\
5705 a word. This is right thing to do on most machines because it ensures\n\
5706 that all bits of the register are copied and prevents accesses to the\n\
5707 registers in a narrower mode, which some machines prohibit for\n\
5708 floating-point registers.\n\
5709 \n\
5710 However, this default behavior is not correct on some machines, such as\n\
5711 the DEC Alpha, that store short integers in floating-point registers\n\
5712 differently than in integer registers. On those machines, the default\n\
5713 widening will not work correctly and you must define this hook to\n\
5714 suppress that widening in some cases. See the file @file{alpha.cc} for\n\
5715 details.\n\
5716 \n\
5717 With LRA, the default is to use @var{mode} unmodified.",
5718 machine_mode, (machine_mode mode),
5719 default_secondary_memory_needed_mode)
5720
5721 /* Given an rtx X being reloaded into a reg required to be in class CLASS,
5722 return the class of reg to actually use. */
5723 DEFHOOK
5724 (preferred_reload_class,
5725 "A target hook that places additional restrictions on the register class\n\
5726 to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class\n\
5727 @var{rclass}. The value is a register class; perhaps @var{rclass}, or perhaps\n\
5728 another, smaller class.\n\
5729 \n\
5730 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass} argument.\n\
5731 \n\
5732 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\n\
5733 example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range\n\
5734 for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always\n\
5735 @code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{rclass} includes the data registers.\n\
5736 Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.\n\
5737 \n\
5738 One case where @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return\n\
5739 @var{rclass} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be\n\
5740 loaded into some register class. By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can\n\
5741 force @var{x} into a memory location. For example, rs6000 can load\n\
5742 immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an\n\
5743 instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point\n\
5744 register, so @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when\n\
5745 @var{x} is a floating-point constant. If the constant can't be loaded\n\
5746 into any kind of register, code generation will be better if\n\
5747 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead\n\
5748 of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.\n\
5749 \n\
5750 If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go\n\
5751 through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}\n\
5752 to find the best one. Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes\n\
5753 reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses\n\
5754 this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in\n\
5755 the SSE registers (and vice versa).",
5756 reg_class_t,
5757 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5758 default_preferred_reload_class)
5759
5760 /* Like TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS, but for output reloads instead of
5761 input reloads. */
5762 DEFHOOK
5763 (preferred_output_reload_class,
5764 "Like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, but for output reloads instead of\n\
5765 input reloads.\n\
5766 \n\
5767 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass}\n\
5768 argument.\n\
5769 \n\
5770 You can also use @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to discourage\n\
5771 reload from using some alternatives, like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.",
5772 reg_class_t,
5773 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5774 default_preferred_output_reload_class)
5775
5776 DEFHOOK
5777 (select_early_remat_modes,
5778 "On some targets, certain modes cannot be held in registers around a\n\
5779 standard ABI call and are relatively expensive to spill to the stack.\n\
5780 The early rematerialization pass can help in such cases by aggressively\n\
5781 recomputing values after calls, so that they don't need to be spilled.\n\
5782 \n\
5783 This hook returns the set of such modes by setting the associated bits\n\
5784 in @var{modes}. The default implementation selects no modes, which has\n\
5785 the effect of disabling the early rematerialization pass.",
5786 void, (sbitmap modes),
5787 default_select_early_remat_modes)
5788
5789 DEFHOOK
5790 (class_likely_spilled_p,
5791 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if pseudos that have been assigned\n\
5792 to registers of class @var{rclass} would likely be spilled because\n\
5793 registers of @var{rclass} are needed for spill registers.\n\
5794 \n\
5795 The default version of this target hook returns @code{true} if @var{rclass}\n\
5796 has exactly one register and @code{false} otherwise. On most machines, this\n\
5797 default should be used. For generally register-starved machines, such as\n\
5798 i386, or machines with right register constraints, such as SH, this hook\n\
5799 can be used to avoid excessive spilling.\n\
5800 \n\
5801 This hook is also used by some of the global intra-procedural code\n\
5802 transformations to throtle code motion, to avoid increasing register\n\
5803 pressure.",
5804 bool, (reg_class_t rclass),
5805 default_class_likely_spilled_p)
5806
5807 /* Return the maximum number of consecutive registers
5808 needed to represent mode MODE in a register of class RCLASS. */
5809 DEFHOOK
5810 (class_max_nregs,
5811 "A target hook returns the maximum number of consecutive registers\n\
5812 of class @var{rclass} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.\n\
5813 \n\
5814 This is closely related to the macro @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS}.\n\
5815 In fact, the value returned by @code{TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{rclass},\n\
5816 @var{mode})} target hook should be the maximum value of\n\
5817 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno}, @var{mode})} for all @var{regno}\n\
5818 values in the class @var{rclass}.\n\
5819 \n\
5820 This target hook helps control the handling of multiple-word values\n\
5821 in the reload pass.\n\
5822 \n\
5823 The default version of this target hook returns the size of @var{mode}\n\
5824 in words.",
5825 unsigned char, (reg_class_t rclass, machine_mode mode),
5826 default_class_max_nregs)
5827
5828 DEFHOOK
5829 (preferred_rename_class,
5830 "A target hook that places additional preference on the register\n\
5831 class to use when it is necessary to rename a register in class\n\
5832 @var{rclass} to another class, or perhaps @var{NO_REGS}, if no\n\
5833 preferred register class is found or hook @code{preferred_rename_class}\n\
5834 is not implemented.\n\
5835 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\n\
5836 example, on ARM, thumb-2 instructions using @code{LO_REGS} may be\n\
5837 smaller than instructions using @code{GENERIC_REGS}. By returning\n\
5838 @code{LO_REGS} from @code{preferred_rename_class}, code size can\n\
5839 be reduced.",
5840 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t rclass),
5841 default_preferred_rename_class)
5842
5843 /* This target hook allows the backend to avoid unsafe substitution
5844 during register allocation. */
5845 DEFHOOK
5846 (cannot_substitute_mem_equiv_p,
5847 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if @var{subst} can't\n\
5848 substitute safely pseudos with equivalent memory values during\n\
5849 register allocation.\n\
5850 The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5851 On most machines, this default should be used. For generally\n\
5852 machines with non orthogonal register usage for addressing, such\n\
5853 as SH, this hook can be used to avoid excessive spilling.",
5854 bool, (rtx subst),
5855 hook_bool_rtx_false)
5856
5857 /* This target hook allows the backend to legitimize base plus
5858 displacement addressing. */
5859 DEFHOOK
5860 (legitimize_address_displacement,
5861 "This hook tries to split address offset @var{orig_offset} into\n\
5862 two parts: one that should be added to the base address to create\n\
5863 a local anchor point, and an additional offset that can be applied\n\
5864 to the anchor to address a value of mode @var{mode}. The idea is that\n\
5865 the local anchor could be shared by other accesses to nearby locations.\n\
5866 \n\
5867 The hook returns true if it succeeds, storing the offset of the\n\
5868 anchor from the base in @var{offset1} and the offset of the final address\n\
5869 from the anchor in @var{offset2}. The default implementation returns false.",
5870 bool, (rtx *offset1, rtx *offset2, poly_int64 orig_offset, machine_mode mode),
5871 default_legitimize_address_displacement)
5872
5873 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5874 processing while initializing for variable expansion. */
5875 DEFHOOK
5876 (expand_to_rtl_hook,
5877 "This hook is called just before expansion into rtl, allowing the target\n\
5878 to perform additional initializations or analysis before the expansion.\n\
5879 For example, the rs6000 port uses it to allocate a scratch stack slot\n\
5880 for use in copying SDmode values between memory and floating point\n\
5881 registers whenever the function being expanded has any SDmode\n\
5882 usage.",
5883 void, (void),
5884 hook_void_void)
5885
5886 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5887 instantiations on rtx that are not actually in insns yet,
5888 but will be later. */
5889 DEFHOOK
5890 (instantiate_decls,
5891 "This hook allows the backend to perform additional instantiations on rtl\n\
5892 that are not actually in any insns yet, but will be later.",
5893 void, (void),
5894 hook_void_void)
5895
5896 DEFHOOK
5897 (hard_regno_nregs,
5898 "This hook returns the number of consecutive hard registers, starting\n\
5899 at register number @var{regno}, required to hold a value of mode\n\
5900 @var{mode}. This hook must never return zero, even if a register\n\
5901 cannot hold the requested mode - indicate that with\n\
5902 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} and/or\n\
5903 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} instead.\n\
5904 \n\
5905 The default definition returns the number of words in @var{mode}.",
5906 unsigned int, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5907 default_hard_regno_nregs)
5908
5909 DEFHOOK
5910 (hard_regno_mode_ok,
5911 "This hook returns true if it is permissible to store a value\n\
5912 of mode @var{mode} in hard register number @var{regno} (or in several\n\
5913 registers starting with that one). The default definition returns true\n\
5914 unconditionally.\n\
5915 \n\
5916 You need not include code to check for the numbers of fixed registers,\n\
5917 because the allocation mechanism considers them to be always occupied.\n\
5918 \n\
5919 @cindex register pairs\n\
5920 On some machines, double-precision values must be kept in even/odd\n\
5921 register pairs. You can implement that by defining this hook to reject\n\
5922 odd register numbers for such modes.\n\
5923 \n\
5924 The minimum requirement for a mode to be OK in a register is that the\n\
5925 @samp{mov@var{mode}} instruction pattern support moves between the\n\
5926 register and other hard register in the same class and that moving a\n\
5927 value into the register and back out not alter it.\n\
5928 \n\
5929 Since the same instruction used to move @code{word_mode} will work for\n\
5930 all narrower integer modes, it is not necessary on any machine for\n\
5931 this hook to distinguish between these modes, provided you define\n\
5932 patterns @samp{movhi}, etc., to take advantage of this. This is\n\
5933 useful because of the interaction between @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}\n\
5934 and @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P}; it is very desirable for all integer\n\
5935 modes to be tieable.\n\
5936 \n\
5937 Many machines have special registers for floating point arithmetic.\n\
5938 Often people assume that floating point machine modes are allowed only\n\
5939 in floating point registers. This is not true. Any registers that\n\
5940 can hold integers can safely @emph{hold} a floating point machine\n\
5941 mode, whether or not floating arithmetic can be done on it in those\n\
5942 registers. Integer move instructions can be used to move the values.\n\
5943 \n\
5944 On some machines, though, the converse is true: fixed-point machine\n\
5945 modes may not go in floating registers. This is true if the floating\n\
5946 registers normalize any value stored in them, because storing a\n\
5947 non-floating value there would garble it. In this case,\n\
5948 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} should reject fixed-point machine modes in\n\
5949 floating registers. But if the floating registers do not automatically\n\
5950 normalize, if you can store any bit pattern in one and retrieve it\n\
5951 unchanged without a trap, then any machine mode may go in a floating\n\
5952 register, so you can define this hook to say so.\n\
5953 \n\
5954 The primary significance of special floating registers is rather that\n\
5955 they are the registers acceptable in floating point arithmetic\n\
5956 instructions. However, this is of no concern to\n\
5957 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}. You handle it by writing the proper\n\
5958 constraints for those instructions.\n\
5959 \n\
5960 On some machines, the floating registers are especially slow to access,\n\
5961 so that it is better to store a value in a stack frame than in such a\n\
5962 register if floating point arithmetic is not being done. As long as the\n\
5963 floating registers are not in class @code{GENERAL_REGS}, they will not\n\
5964 be used unless some pattern's constraint asks for one.",
5965 bool, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5966 hook_bool_uint_mode_true)
5967
5968 DEFHOOK
5969 (modes_tieable_p,
5970 "This hook returns true if a value of mode @var{mode1} is accessible\n\
5971 in mode @var{mode2} without copying.\n\
5972 \n\
5973 If @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode1})} and\n\
5974 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode2})} are always\n\
5975 the same for any @var{r}, then\n\
5976 @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P (@var{mode1}, @var{mode2})}\n\
5977 should be true. If they differ for any @var{r}, you should define\n\
5978 this hook to return false unless some other mechanism ensures the\n\
5979 accessibility of the value in a narrower mode.\n\
5980 \n\
5981 You should define this hook to return true in as many cases as\n\
5982 possible since doing so will allow GCC to perform better register\n\
5983 allocation. The default definition returns true unconditionally.",
5984 bool, (machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2),
5985 hook_bool_mode_mode_true)
5986
5987 /* Return true if is OK to use a hard register REGNO as scratch register
5988 in peephole2. */
5989 DEFHOOK
5990 (hard_regno_scratch_ok,
5991 "This target hook should return @code{true} if it is OK to use a hard register\n\
5992 @var{regno} as scratch reg in peephole2.\n\
5993 \n\
5994 One common use of this macro is to prevent using of a register that\n\
5995 is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt handler.\n\
5996 \n\
5997 The default version of this hook always returns @code{true}.",
5998 bool, (unsigned int regno),
5999 default_hard_regno_scratch_ok)
6000
6001 DEFHOOK
6002 (hard_regno_call_part_clobbered,
6003 "ABIs usually specify that calls must preserve the full contents\n\
6004 of a particular register, or that calls can alter any part of a\n\
6005 particular register. This information is captured by the target macro\n\
6006 @code{CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS}. However, some ABIs specify that calls\n\
6007 must preserve certain bits of a particular register but can alter others.\n\
6008 This hook should return true if this applies to at least one of the\n\
6009 registers in @samp{(reg:@var{mode} @var{regno})}, and if as a result the\n\
6010 call would alter part of the @var{mode} value. For example, if a call\n\
6011 preserves the low 32 bits of a 64-bit hard register @var{regno} but can\n\
6012 clobber the upper 32 bits, this hook should return true for a 64-bit mode\n\
6013 but false for a 32-bit mode.\n\
6014 \n\
6015 The value of @var{abi_id} comes from the @code{predefined_function_abi}\n\
6016 structure that describes the ABI of the call; see the definition of the\n\
6017 structure for more details. If (as is usual) the target uses the same ABI\n\
6018 for all functions in a translation unit, @var{abi_id} is always 0.\n\
6019 \n\
6020 The default implementation returns false, which is correct\n\
6021 for targets that don't have partly call-clobbered registers.",
6022 bool, (unsigned int abi_id, unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
6023 hook_bool_uint_uint_mode_false)
6024
6025 DEFHOOK
6026 (get_multilib_abi_name,
6027 "This hook returns name of multilib ABI name.",
6028 const char *, (void),
6029 hook_constcharptr_void_null)
6030
6031 /* Return the smallest number of different values for which it is best to
6032 use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches. */
6033 DEFHOOK
6034 (case_values_threshold,
6035 "This function return the smallest number of different values for which it\n\
6036 is best to use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches.\n\
6037 The default is four for machines with a @code{casesi} instruction and\n\
6038 five otherwise. This is best for most machines.",
6039 unsigned int, (void),
6040 default_case_values_threshold)
6041
6042 DEFHOOK
6043 (starting_frame_offset,
6044 "This hook returns the offset from the frame pointer to the first local\n\
6045 variable slot to be allocated. If @code{FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD}, it is the\n\
6046 offset to @emph{end} of the first slot allocated, otherwise it is the\n\
6047 offset to @emph{beginning} of the first slot allocated. The default\n\
6048 implementation returns 0.",
6049 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
6050 hook_hwi_void_0)
6051
6052 /* Optional callback to advise the target to compute the frame layout. */
6053 DEFHOOK
6054 (compute_frame_layout,
6055 "This target hook is called once each time the frame layout needs to be\n\
6056 recalculated. The calculations can be cached by the target and can then\n\
6057 be used by @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET} instead of re-computing the\n\
6058 layout on every invocation of that hook. This is particularly useful\n\
6059 for targets that have an expensive frame layout function. Implementing\n\
6060 this callback is optional.",
6061 void, (void),
6062 hook_void_void)
6063
6064 /* Return true if a function must have and use a frame pointer. */
6065 DEFHOOK
6066 (frame_pointer_required,
6067 "This target hook should return @code{true} if a function must have and use\n\
6068 a frame pointer. This target hook is called in the reload pass. If its return\n\
6069 value is @code{true} the function will have a frame pointer.\n\
6070 \n\
6071 This target hook can in principle examine the current function and decide\n\
6072 according to the facts, but on most machines the constant @code{false} or the\n\
6073 constant @code{true} suffices. Use @code{false} when the machine allows code\n\
6074 to be generated with no frame pointer, and doing so saves some time or space.\n\
6075 Use @code{true} when there is no possible advantage to avoiding a frame\n\
6076 pointer.\n\
6077 \n\
6078 In certain cases, the compiler does not know how to produce valid code\n\
6079 without a frame pointer. The compiler recognizes those cases and\n\
6080 automatically gives the function a frame pointer regardless of what\n\
6081 @code{targetm.frame_pointer_required} returns. You don't need to worry about\n\
6082 them.\n\
6083 \n\
6084 In a function that does not require a frame pointer, the frame pointer\n\
6085 register can be allocated for ordinary usage, unless you mark it as a\n\
6086 fixed register. See @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} for more information.\n\
6087 \n\
6088 Default return value is @code{false}.",
6089 bool, (void),
6090 hook_bool_void_false)
6091
6092 /* Returns true if the compiler is allowed to try to replace register number
6093 from-reg with register number to-reg. */
6094 DEFHOOK
6095 (can_eliminate,
6096 "This target hook should return @code{true} if the compiler is allowed to\n\
6097 try to replace register number @var{from_reg} with register number\n\
6098 @var{to_reg}. This target hook will usually be @code{true}, since most of the\n\
6099 cases preventing register elimination are things that the compiler already\n\
6100 knows about.\n\
6101 \n\
6102 Default return value is @code{true}.",
6103 bool, (const int from_reg, const int to_reg),
6104 hook_bool_const_int_const_int_true)
6105
6106 /* Modify any or all of fixed_regs, call_used_regs, global_regs,
6107 reg_names, and reg_class_contents to account of the vagaries of the
6108 target. */
6109 DEFHOOK
6110 (conditional_register_usage,
6111 "This hook may conditionally modify five variables\n\
6112 @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs}, @code{global_regs},\n\
6113 @code{reg_names}, and @code{reg_class_contents}, to take into account\n\
6114 any dependence of these register sets on target flags. The first three\n\
6115 of these are of type @code{char []} (interpreted as boolean vectors).\n\
6116 @code{global_regs} is a @code{const char *[]}, and\n\
6117 @code{reg_class_contents} is a @code{HARD_REG_SET}. Before the macro is\n\
6118 called, @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs},\n\
6119 @code{reg_class_contents}, and @code{reg_names} have been initialized\n\
6120 from @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS},\n\
6121 @code{REG_CLASS_CONTENTS}, and @code{REGISTER_NAMES}, respectively.\n\
6122 @code{global_regs} has been cleared, and any @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},\n\
6123 @option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}\n\
6124 command options have been applied.\n\
6125 \n\
6126 @cindex disabling certain registers\n\
6127 @cindex controlling register usage\n\
6128 If the usage of an entire class of registers depends on the target\n\
6129 flags, you may indicate this to GCC by using this macro to modify\n\
6130 @code{fixed_regs} and @code{call_used_regs} to 1 for each of the\n\
6131 registers in the classes which should not be used by GCC@. Also make\n\
6132 @code{define_register_constraint}s return @code{NO_REGS} for constraints\n\
6133 that shouldn't be used.\n\
6134 \n\
6135 (However, if this class is not included in @code{GENERAL_REGS} and all\n\
6136 of the insn patterns whose constraints permit this class are\n\
6137 controlled by target switches, then GCC will automatically avoid using\n\
6138 these registers when the target switches are opposed to them.)",
6139 void, (void),
6140 hook_void_void)
6141
6142 DEFHOOK
6143 (stack_clash_protection_alloca_probe_range,
6144 "Some targets have an ABI defined interval for which no probing needs to be done.\n\
6145 When a probe does need to be done this same interval is used as the probe distance\n\
6146 up when doing stack clash protection for alloca.\n\
6147 On such targets this value can be set to override the default probing up interval.\n\
6148 Define this variable to return nonzero if such a probe range is required or zero otherwise.\n\
6149 Defining this hook also requires your functions which make use of alloca to have at least 8 byes\n\
6150 of outgoing arguments. If this is not the case the stack will be corrupted.\n\
6151 You need not define this macro if it would always have the value zero.",
6152 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
6153 default_stack_clash_protection_alloca_probe_range)
6154
6155
6156 /* Functions specific to the C family of frontends. */
6157 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6158 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_C_"
6159 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_C, c)
6160
6161 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
6162 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
6163 (mode_for_suffix,
6164 "Return machine mode for non-standard constant literal suffix @var{c},\
6165 or VOIDmode if non-standard suffixes are unsupported.",
6166 machine_mode, (char c),
6167 default_mode_for_suffix)
6168
6169 DEFHOOK
6170 (excess_precision,
6171 "Return a value, with the same meaning as the C99 macro\n\
6172 @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD} that describes which excess precision should be\n\
6173 applied. @var{type} is either @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT},\n\
6174 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST},\n\
6175 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD}, or\n\
6176 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FLOAT16}. For\n\
6177 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT}, the target should return which\n\
6178 precision and range operations will be implictly evaluated in regardless\n\
6179 of the excess precision explicitly added. For\n\
6180 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD}, \n\
6181 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FLOAT16}, and\n\
6182 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, the target should return the\n\
6183 explicit excess precision that should be added depending on the\n\
6184 value set for @option{-fexcess-precision=@r{[}standard@r{|}fast@r{|}16@r{]}}.\n\
6185 Note that unpredictable explicit excess precision does not make sense,\n\
6186 so a target should never return @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD_UNPREDICTABLE}\n\
6187 when @var{type} is @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD},\n\
6188 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FLOAT16} or\n\
6189 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}.",
6190 enum flt_eval_method, (enum excess_precision_type type),
6191 default_excess_precision)
6192
6193 HOOK_VECTOR_END (c)
6194
6195 /* Functions specific to the C++ frontend. */
6196 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6197 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_CXX_"
6198 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CXX, cxx)
6199
6200 /* Return the integer type used for guard variables. */
6201 DEFHOOK
6202 (guard_type,
6203 "Define this hook to override the integer type used for guard variables.\n\
6204 These are used to implement one-time construction of static objects. The\n\
6205 default is long_long_integer_type_node.",
6206 tree, (void),
6207 default_cxx_guard_type)
6208
6209 /* Return true if only the low bit of the guard should be tested. */
6210 DEFHOOK
6211 (guard_mask_bit,
6212 "This hook determines how guard variables are used. It should return\n\
6213 @code{false} (the default) if the first byte should be used. A return value of\n\
6214 @code{true} indicates that only the least significant bit should be used.",
6215 bool, (void),
6216 hook_bool_void_false)
6217
6218 /* Returns the size of the array cookie for an array of type. */
6219 DEFHOOK
6220 (get_cookie_size,
6221 "This hook returns the size of the cookie to use when allocating an array\n\
6222 whose elements have the indicated @var{type}. Assumes that it is already\n\
6223 known that a cookie is needed. The default is\n\
6224 @code{max(sizeof (size_t), alignof(type))}, as defined in section 2.7 of the\n\
6225 IA64/Generic C++ ABI@.",
6226 tree, (tree type),
6227 default_cxx_get_cookie_size)
6228
6229 /* Returns true if the element size should be stored in the array cookie. */
6230 DEFHOOK
6231 (cookie_has_size,
6232 "This hook should return @code{true} if the element size should be stored in\n\
6233 array cookies. The default is to return @code{false}.",
6234 bool, (void),
6235 hook_bool_void_false)
6236
6237 /* Allows backends to perform additional processing when
6238 deciding if a class should be exported or imported. */
6239 DEFHOOK
6240 (import_export_class,
6241 "If defined by a backend this hook allows the decision made to export\n\
6242 class @var{type} to be overruled. Upon entry @var{import_export}\n\
6243 will contain 1 if the class is going to be exported, @minus{}1 if it is going\n\
6244 to be imported and 0 otherwise. This function should return the\n\
6245 modified value and perform any other actions necessary to support the\n\
6246 backend's targeted operating system.",
6247 int, (tree type, int import_export), NULL)
6248
6249 /* Returns true if constructors and destructors return "this". */
6250 DEFHOOK
6251 (cdtor_returns_this,
6252 "This hook should return @code{true} if constructors and destructors return\n\
6253 the address of the object created/destroyed. The default is to return\n\
6254 @code{false}.",
6255 bool, (void),
6256 hook_bool_void_false)
6257
6258 /* Returns true if the key method for a class can be an inline
6259 function, so long as it is not declared inline in the class
6260 itself. Returning true is the behavior required by the Itanium C++ ABI. */
6261 DEFHOOK
6262 (key_method_may_be_inline,
6263 "This hook returns true if the key method for a class (i.e., the method\n\
6264 which, if defined in the current translation unit, causes the virtual\n\
6265 table to be emitted) may be an inline function. Under the standard\n\
6266 Itanium C++ ABI the key method may be an inline function so long as\n\
6267 the function is not declared inline in the class definition. Under\n\
6268 some variants of the ABI, an inline function can never be the key\n\
6269 method. The default is to return @code{true}.",
6270 bool, (void),
6271 hook_bool_void_true)
6272
6273 DEFHOOK
6274 (determine_class_data_visibility,
6275 "@var{decl} is a virtual table, virtual table table, typeinfo object,\n\
6276 or other similar implicit class data object that will be emitted with\n\
6277 external linkage in this translation unit. No ELF visibility has been\n\
6278 explicitly specified. If the target needs to specify a visibility\n\
6279 other than that of the containing class, use this hook to set\n\
6280 @code{DECL_VISIBILITY} and @code{DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED}.",
6281 void, (tree decl),
6282 hook_void_tree)
6283
6284 /* Returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other
6285 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they
6286 have external linkage. If this hook returns false, then
6287 class data for classes whose virtual table will be emitted in
6288 only one translation unit will not be COMDAT. */
6289 DEFHOOK
6290 (class_data_always_comdat,
6291 "This hook returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other\n\
6292 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they have\n\
6293 external linkage. If this hook returns false, then class data for\n\
6294 classes whose virtual table will be emitted in only one translation\n\
6295 unit will not be COMDAT.",
6296 bool, (void),
6297 hook_bool_void_true)
6298
6299 /* Returns true (the default) if the RTTI for the basic types,
6300 which is always defined in the C++ runtime, should be COMDAT;
6301 false if it should not be COMDAT. */
6302 DEFHOOK
6303 (library_rtti_comdat,
6304 "This hook returns true (the default) if the RTTI information for\n\
6305 the basic types which is defined in the C++ runtime should always\n\
6306 be COMDAT, false if it should not be COMDAT.",
6307 bool, (void),
6308 hook_bool_void_true)
6309
6310 /* Returns true if __aeabi_atexit should be used to register static
6311 destructors. */
6312 DEFHOOK
6313 (use_aeabi_atexit,
6314 "This hook returns true if @code{__aeabi_atexit} (as defined by the ARM EABI)\n\
6315 should be used to register static destructors when @option{-fuse-cxa-atexit}\n\
6316 is in effect. The default is to return false to use @code{__cxa_atexit}.",
6317 bool, (void),
6318 hook_bool_void_false)
6319
6320 /* Returns true if target may use atexit in the same manner as
6321 __cxa_atexit to register static destructors. */
6322 DEFHOOK
6323 (use_atexit_for_cxa_atexit,
6324 "This hook returns true if the target @code{atexit} function can be used\n\
6325 in the same manner as @code{__cxa_atexit} to register C++ static\n\
6326 destructors. This requires that @code{atexit}-registered functions in\n\
6327 shared libraries are run in the correct order when the libraries are\n\
6328 unloaded. The default is to return false.",
6329 bool, (void),
6330 hook_bool_void_false)
6331
6332 DEFHOOK
6333 (adjust_class_at_definition,
6334 "@var{type} is a C++ class (i.e., RECORD_TYPE or UNION_TYPE) that has just\n\
6335 been defined. Use this hook to make adjustments to the class (eg, tweak\n\
6336 visibility or perform any other required target modifications).",
6337 void, (tree type),
6338 hook_void_tree)
6339
6340 DEFHOOK
6341 (decl_mangling_context,
6342 "Return target-specific mangling context of @var{decl} or @code{NULL_TREE}.",
6343 tree, (const_tree decl),
6344 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
6345
6346 HOOK_VECTOR_END (cxx)
6347
6348 /* Functions and data for emulated TLS support. */
6349 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6350 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_EMUTLS_"
6351 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_EMUTLS, emutls)
6352
6353 /* Name of the address and common functions. */
6354 DEFHOOKPOD
6355 (get_address,
6356 "Contains the name of the helper function that uses a TLS control\n\
6357 object to locate a TLS instance. The default causes libgcc's\n\
6358 emulated TLS helper function to be used.",
6359 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_get_address")
6360
6361 DEFHOOKPOD
6362 (register_common,
6363 "Contains the name of the helper function that should be used at\n\
6364 program startup to register TLS objects that are implicitly\n\
6365 initialized to zero. If this is @code{NULL}, all TLS objects will\n\
6366 have explicit initializers. The default causes libgcc's emulated TLS\n\
6367 registration function to be used.",
6368 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_register_common")
6369
6370 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
6371 DEFHOOKPOD
6372 (var_section,
6373 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS control variables should\n\
6374 be placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in\n\
6375 any section.",
6376 const char *, NULL)
6377
6378 DEFHOOKPOD
6379 (tmpl_section,
6380 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS initializers should be\n\
6381 placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in any\n\
6382 section.",
6383 const char *, NULL)
6384
6385 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
6386 DEFHOOKPOD
6387 (var_prefix,
6388 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS control variable names.\n\
6389 The default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
6390 const char *, NULL)
6391
6392 DEFHOOKPOD
6393 (tmpl_prefix,
6394 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS initializer objects. The\n\
6395 default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
6396 const char *, NULL)
6397
6398 /* Function to generate field definitions of the proxy variable. */
6399 DEFHOOK
6400 (var_fields,
6401 "Specifies a function that generates the FIELD_DECLs for a TLS control\n\
6402 object type. @var{type} is the RECORD_TYPE the fields are for and\n\
6403 @var{name} should be filled with the structure tag, if the default of\n\
6404 @code{__emutls_object} is unsuitable. The default creates a type suitable\n\
6405 for libgcc's emulated TLS function.",
6406 tree, (tree type, tree *name),
6407 default_emutls_var_fields)
6408
6409 /* Function to initialize a proxy variable. */
6410 DEFHOOK
6411 (var_init,
6412 "Specifies a function that generates the CONSTRUCTOR to initialize a\n\
6413 TLS control object. @var{var} is the TLS control object, @var{decl}\n\
6414 is the TLS object and @var{tmpl_addr} is the address of the\n\
6415 initializer. The default initializes libgcc's emulated TLS control object.",
6416 tree, (tree var, tree decl, tree tmpl_addr),
6417 default_emutls_var_init)
6418
6419 /* Whether we are allowed to alter the usual alignment of the
6420 proxy variable. */
6421 DEFHOOKPOD
6422 (var_align_fixed,
6423 "Specifies whether the alignment of TLS control variable objects is\n\
6424 fixed and should not be increased as some backends may do to optimize\n\
6425 single objects. The default is false.",
6426 bool, false)
6427
6428 /* Whether we can emit debug information for TLS vars. */
6429 DEFHOOKPOD
6430 (debug_form_tls_address,
6431 "Specifies whether a DWARF @code{DW_OP_form_tls_address} location descriptor\n\
6432 may be used to describe emulated TLS control objects.",
6433 bool, false)
6434
6435 HOOK_VECTOR_END (emutls)
6436
6437 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6438 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OPTION_"
6439 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OPTION_HOOKS, target_option_hooks)
6440
6441 /* Function to validate the attribute((target(...))) strings. If
6442 the option is validated, the hook should also fill in
6443 DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET in the function decl node. */
6444 DEFHOOK
6445 (valid_attribute_p,
6446 "This hook is called to parse @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))}, which\n\
6447 allows setting target-specific options on individual functions.\n\
6448 These function-specific options may differ\n\
6449 from the options specified on the command line. The hook should return\n\
6450 @code{true} if the options are valid.\n\
6451 \n\
6452 The hook should set the @code{DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET} field in\n\
6453 the function declaration to hold a pointer to a target-specific\n\
6454 @code{struct cl_target_option} structure.",
6455 bool, (tree fndecl, tree name, tree args, int flags),
6456 default_target_option_valid_attribute_p)
6457
6458 /* Function to save any extra target state in the target options structure. */
6459 DEFHOOK
6460 (save,
6461 "This hook is called to save any additional target-specific information\n\
6462 in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for function-specific\n\
6463 options from the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.\n\
6464 @xref{Option file format}.",
6465 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr, struct gcc_options *opts,
6466 struct gcc_options *opts_set), NULL)
6467
6468 /* Function to restore any extra target state from the target options
6469 structure. */
6470 DEFHOOK
6471 (restore,
6472 "This hook is called to restore any additional target-specific\n\
6473 information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6474 function-specific options to the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.",
6475 void, (struct gcc_options *opts, struct gcc_options *opts_set,
6476 struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6477
6478 /* Function to update target-specific option information after being
6479 streamed in. */
6480 DEFHOOK
6481 (post_stream_in,
6482 "This hook is called to update target-specific information in the\n\
6483 @code{struct cl_target_option} structure after it is streamed in from\n\
6484 LTO bytecode.",
6485 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6486
6487 /* Function to print any extra target state from the target options
6488 structure. */
6489 DEFHOOK
6490 (print,
6491 "This hook is called to print any additional target-specific\n\
6492 information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6493 function-specific options.",
6494 void, (FILE *file, int indent, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6495
6496 /* Function to parse arguments to be validated for #pragma target, and to
6497 change the state if the options are valid. If the first argument is
6498 NULL, the second argument specifies the default options to use. Return
6499 true if the options are valid, and set the current state. */
6500 DEFHOOK
6501 (pragma_parse,
6502 "This target hook parses the options for @code{#pragma GCC target}, which\n\
6503 sets the target-specific options for functions that occur later in the\n\
6504 input stream. The options accepted should be the same as those handled by the\n\
6505 @code{TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P} hook.",
6506 bool, (tree args, tree pop_target),
6507 default_target_option_pragma_parse)
6508
6509 /* Do option overrides for the target. */
6510 DEFHOOK
6511 (override,
6512 "Sometimes certain combinations of command options do not make sense on\n\
6513 a particular target machine. You can override the hook\n\
6514 @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} to take account of this. This hooks is called\n\
6515 once just after all the command options have been parsed.\n\
6516 \n\
6517 Don't use this hook to turn on various extra optimizations for\n\
6518 @option{-O}. That is what @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} is for.\n\
6519 \n\
6520 If you need to do something whenever the optimization level is\n\
6521 changed via the optimize attribute or pragma, see\n\
6522 @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}",
6523 void, (void),
6524 hook_void_void)
6525
6526 /* This function returns true if DECL1 and DECL2 are versions of the same
6527 function. DECL1 and DECL2 are function versions if and only if they
6528 have the same function signature and different target specific attributes,
6529 that is, they are compiled for different target machines. */
6530 DEFHOOK
6531 (function_versions,
6532 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are\n\
6533 versions of the same function. @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are function\n\
6534 versions if and only if they have the same function signature and\n\
6535 different target specific attributes, that is, they are compiled for\n\
6536 different target machines.",
6537 bool, (tree decl1, tree decl2),
6538 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
6539
6540 /* Function to determine if one function can inline another function. */
6541 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6542 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6543 DEFHOOK
6544 (can_inline_p,
6545 "This target hook returns @code{false} if the @var{caller} function\n\
6546 cannot inline @var{callee}, based on target specific information. By\n\
6547 default, inlining is not allowed if the callee function has function\n\
6548 specific target options and the caller does not use the same options.",
6549 bool, (tree caller, tree callee),
6550 default_target_can_inline_p)
6551
6552 DEFHOOK
6553 (update_ipa_fn_target_info,
6554 "Allow target to analyze all gimple statements for the given function to\n\
6555 record and update some target specific information for inlining. A typical\n\
6556 example is that a caller with one isa feature disabled is normally not\n\
6557 allowed to inline a callee with that same isa feature enabled even which is\n\
6558 attributed by always_inline, but with the conservative analysis on all\n\
6559 statements of the callee if we are able to guarantee the callee does not\n\
6560 exploit any instructions from the mismatch isa feature, it would be safe to\n\
6561 allow the caller to inline the callee.\n\
6562 @var{info} is one @code{unsigned int} value to record information in which\n\
6563 one set bit indicates one corresponding feature is detected in the analysis,\n\
6564 @var{stmt} is the statement being analyzed. Return true if target still\n\
6565 need to analyze the subsequent statements, otherwise return false to stop\n\
6566 subsequent analysis.\n\
6567 The default version of this hook returns false.",
6568 bool, (unsigned int& info, const gimple* stmt),
6569 default_update_ipa_fn_target_info)
6570
6571 DEFHOOK
6572 (need_ipa_fn_target_info,
6573 "Allow target to check early whether it is necessary to analyze all gimple\n\
6574 statements in the given function to update target specific information for\n\
6575 inlining. See hook @code{update_ipa_fn_target_info} for usage example of\n\
6576 target specific information. This hook is expected to be invoked ahead of\n\
6577 the iterating with hook @code{update_ipa_fn_target_info}.\n\
6578 @var{decl} is the function being analyzed, @var{info} is the same as what\n\
6579 in hook @code{update_ipa_fn_target_info}, target can do one time update\n\
6580 into @var{info} without iterating for some case. Return true if target\n\
6581 decides to analyze all gimple statements to collect information, otherwise\n\
6582 return false.\n\
6583 The default version of this hook returns false.",
6584 bool, (const_tree decl, unsigned int& info),
6585 default_need_ipa_fn_target_info)
6586
6587 DEFHOOK
6588 (relayout_function,
6589 "This target hook fixes function @var{fndecl} after attributes are processed.\n\
6590 Default does nothing. On ARM, the default function's alignment is updated\n\
6591 with the attribute target.",
6592 void, (tree fndecl),
6593 hook_void_tree)
6594
6595 HOOK_VECTOR_END (target_option)
6596
6597 /* For targets that need to mark extra registers as live on entry to
6598 the function, they should define this target hook and set their
6599 bits in the bitmap passed in. */
6600 DEFHOOK
6601 (extra_live_on_entry,
6602 "Add any hard registers to @var{regs} that are live on entry to the\n\
6603 function. This hook only needs to be defined to provide registers that\n\
6604 cannot be found by examination of FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P, the callee saved\n\
6605 registers, STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM, STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM,\n\
6606 TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, EH_USES,\n\
6607 FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, and the PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM.",
6608 void, (bitmap regs),
6609 hook_void_bitmap)
6610
6611 /* Targets should define this target hook to mark that non-callee clobbers are
6612 present in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE for all the calls that bind to a local
6613 definition. */
6614 DEFHOOKPOD
6615 (call_fusage_contains_non_callee_clobbers,
6616 "Set to true if each call that binds to a local definition explicitly\n\
6617 clobbers or sets all non-fixed registers modified by performing the call.\n\
6618 That is, by the call pattern itself, or by code that might be inserted by the\n\
6619 linker (e.g.@: stubs, veneers, branch islands), but not including those\n\
6620 modifiable by the callee. The affected registers may be mentioned explicitly\n\
6621 in the call pattern, or included as clobbers in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE.\n\
6622 The default version of this hook is set to false. The purpose of this hook\n\
6623 is to enable the fipa-ra optimization.",
6624 bool,
6625 false)
6626
6627 /* Fill in additional registers set up by prologue into a regset. */
6628 DEFHOOK
6629 (set_up_by_prologue,
6630 "This hook should add additional registers that are computed by the prologue\n\
6631 to the hard regset for shrink-wrapping optimization purposes.",
6632 void, (struct hard_reg_set_container *),
6633 NULL)
6634
6635 /* For targets that have attributes that can affect whether a
6636 function's return statements need checking. For instance a 'naked'
6637 function attribute. */
6638 DEFHOOK
6639 (warn_func_return,
6640 "True if a function's return statements should be checked for matching\n\
6641 the function's return type. This includes checking for falling off the end\n\
6642 of a non-void function. Return false if no such check should be made.",
6643 bool, (tree),
6644 hook_bool_tree_true)
6645
6646 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6647 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_"
6648 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_HOOKS, shrink_wrap)
6649
6650 DEFHOOK
6651 (get_separate_components,
6652 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6653 components that can be separately shrink-wrapped in the current function.\n\
6654 Return @code{NULL} if the current function should not get any separate\n\
6655 shrink-wrapping.\n\
6656 Don't define this hook if it would always return @code{NULL}.\n\
6657 If it is defined, the other hooks in this group have to be defined as well.",
6658 sbitmap, (void),
6659 NULL)
6660
6661 DEFHOOK
6662 (components_for_bb,
6663 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6664 components where either the prologue component has to be executed before\n\
6665 the @code{basic_block}, or the epilogue component after it, or both.",
6666 sbitmap, (basic_block),
6667 NULL)
6668
6669 DEFHOOK
6670 (disqualify_components,
6671 "This hook should clear the bits in the @var{components} bitmap for those\n\
6672 components in @var{edge_components} that the target cannot handle on edge\n\
6673 @var{e}, where @var{is_prologue} says if this is for a prologue or an\n\
6674 epilogue instead.",
6675 void, (sbitmap components, edge e, sbitmap edge_components, bool is_prologue),
6676 NULL)
6677
6678 DEFHOOK
6679 (emit_prologue_components,
6680 "Emit prologue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6681 void, (sbitmap),
6682 NULL)
6683
6684 DEFHOOK
6685 (emit_epilogue_components,
6686 "Emit epilogue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6687 void, (sbitmap),
6688 NULL)
6689
6690 DEFHOOK
6691 (set_handled_components,
6692 "Mark the components in the parameter as handled, so that the\n\
6693 @code{prologue} and @code{epilogue} named patterns know to ignore those\n\
6694 components. The target code should not hang on to the @code{sbitmap}, it\n\
6695 will be deleted after this call.",
6696 void, (sbitmap),
6697 NULL)
6698
6699 HOOK_VECTOR_END (shrink_wrap)
6700 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6701 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6702
6703 /* Determine the type of unwind info to emit for debugging. */
6704 DEFHOOK
6705 (debug_unwind_info,
6706 "This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for describing frame\n\
6707 unwind information to the debugger. Normally the hook will return\n\
6708 @code{UI_DWARF2} if DWARF 2 debug information is enabled, and\n\
6709 return @code{UI_NONE} otherwise.\n\
6710 \n\
6711 A target may return @code{UI_DWARF2} even when DWARF 2 debug information\n\
6712 is disabled in order to always output DWARF 2 frame information.\n\
6713 \n\
6714 A target may return @code{UI_TARGET} if it has ABI specified unwind tables.\n\
6715 This will suppress generation of the normal debug frame unwind information.",
6716 enum unwind_info_type, (void),
6717 default_debug_unwind_info)
6718
6719 DEFHOOK
6720 (reset_location_view,
6721 "This hook, if defined, enables -ginternal-reset-location-views, and\n\
6722 uses its result to override cases in which the estimated min insn\n\
6723 length might be nonzero even when a PC advance (i.e., a view reset)\n\
6724 cannot be taken for granted.\n\
6725 \n\
6726 If the hook is defined, it must return a positive value to indicate\n\
6727 the insn definitely advances the PC, and so the view number can be\n\
6728 safely assumed to be reset; a negative value to mean the insn\n\
6729 definitely does not advance the PC, and os the view number must not\n\
6730 be reset; or zero to decide based on the estimated insn length.\n\
6731 \n\
6732 If insn length is to be regarded as reliable, set the hook to\n\
6733 @code{hook_int_rtx_insn_0}.",
6734 int, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
6735
6736 /* The code parameter should be of type enum rtx_code but this is not
6737 defined at this time. */
6738 DEFHOOK
6739 (canonicalize_comparison,
6740 "On some machines not all possible comparisons are defined, but you can\n\
6741 convert an invalid comparison into a valid one. For example, the Alpha\n\
6742 does not have a @code{GT} comparison, but you can use an @code{LT}\n\
6743 comparison instead and swap the order of the operands.\n\
6744 \n\
6745 On such machines, implement this hook to do any required conversions.\n\
6746 @var{code} is the initial comparison code and @var{op0} and @var{op1}\n\
6747 are the left and right operands of the comparison, respectively. If\n\
6748 @var{op0_preserve_value} is @code{true} the implementation is not\n\
6749 allowed to change the value of @var{op0} since the value might be used\n\
6750 in RTXs which aren't comparisons. E.g. the implementation is not\n\
6751 allowed to swap operands in that case.\n\
6752 \n\
6753 GCC will not assume that the comparison resulting from this macro is\n\
6754 valid but will see if the resulting insn matches a pattern in the\n\
6755 @file{md} file.\n\
6756 \n\
6757 You need not to implement this hook if it would never change the\n\
6758 comparison code or operands.",
6759 void, (int *code, rtx *op0, rtx *op1, bool op0_preserve_value),
6760 default_canonicalize_comparison)
6761
6762 DEFHOOK
6763 (min_arithmetic_precision,
6764 "On some RISC architectures with 64-bit registers, the processor also\n\
6765 maintains 32-bit condition codes that make it possible to do real 32-bit\n\
6766 arithmetic, although the operations are performed on the full registers.\n\
6767 \n\
6768 On such architectures, defining this hook to 32 tells the compiler to try\n\
6769 using 32-bit arithmetical operations setting the condition codes instead\n\
6770 of doing full 64-bit arithmetic.\n\
6771 \n\
6772 More generally, define this hook on RISC architectures if you want the\n\
6773 compiler to try using arithmetical operations setting the condition codes\n\
6774 with a precision lower than the word precision.\n\
6775 \n\
6776 You need not define this hook if @code{WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS} is not\n\
6777 defined to 1.",
6778 unsigned int, (void), default_min_arithmetic_precision)
6779
6780 DEFHOOKPOD
6781 (atomic_test_and_set_trueval,
6782 "This value should be set if the result written by\n\
6783 @code{atomic_test_and_set} is not exactly 1, i.e.@: the\n\
6784 @code{bool} @code{true}.",
6785 unsigned char, 1)
6786
6787 /* Return an unsigned int representing the alignment (in bits) of the atomic
6788 type which maps to machine MODE. This allows alignment to be overridden
6789 as needed. */
6790 DEFHOOK
6791 (atomic_align_for_mode,
6792 "If defined, this function returns an appropriate alignment in bits for an\n\
6793 atomic object of machine_mode @var{mode}. If 0 is returned then the\n\
6794 default alignment for the specified mode is used.",
6795 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
6796 hook_uint_mode_0)
6797
6798 DEFHOOK
6799 (atomic_assign_expand_fenv,
6800 "ISO C11 requires atomic compound assignments that may raise floating-point\n\
6801 exceptions to raise exceptions corresponding to the arithmetic operation\n\
6802 whose result was successfully stored in a compare-and-exchange sequence.\n\
6803 This requires code equivalent to calls to @code{feholdexcept},\n\
6804 @code{feclearexcept} and @code{feupdateenv} to be generated at\n\
6805 appropriate points in the compare-and-exchange sequence. This hook should\n\
6806 set @code{*@var{hold}} to an expression equivalent to the call to\n\
6807 @code{feholdexcept}, @code{*@var{clear}} to an expression equivalent to\n\
6808 the call to @code{feclearexcept} and @code{*@var{update}} to an expression\n\
6809 equivalent to the call to @code{feupdateenv}. The three expressions are\n\
6810 @code{NULL_TREE} on entry to the hook and may be left as @code{NULL_TREE}\n\
6811 if no code is required in a particular place. The default implementation\n\
6812 leaves all three expressions as @code{NULL_TREE}. The\n\
6813 @code{__atomic_feraiseexcept} function from @code{libatomic} may be of use\n\
6814 as part of the code generated in @code{*@var{update}}.",
6815 void, (tree *hold, tree *clear, tree *update),
6816 default_atomic_assign_expand_fenv)
6817
6818 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6819
6820 /* True if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS section
6821 and then using ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP to allocate the space. */
6822 DEFHOOKPOD
6823 (have_switchable_bss_sections,
6824 "This flag is true if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS\n\
6825 section and then using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} to allocate the space.\n\
6826 This is true on most ELF targets.",
6827 bool, false)
6828
6829 /* True if "native" constructors and destructors are supported,
6830 false if we're using collect2 for the job. */
6831 DEFHOOKPOD
6832 (have_ctors_dtors,
6833 "This value is true if the target supports some ``native'' method of\n\
6834 collecting constructors and destructors to be run at startup and exit.\n\
6835 It is false if we must use @command{collect2}.",
6836 bool, false)
6837
6838 /* True if the target wants DTORs to be run from cxa_atexit. */
6839 DEFHOOKPOD
6840 (dtors_from_cxa_atexit,
6841 "This value is true if the target wants destructors to be queued to be\n\
6842 run from __cxa_atexit. If this is the case then, for each priority level,\n\
6843 a new constructor will be entered that registers the destructors for that\n\
6844 level with __cxa_atexit (and there will be no destructors emitted).\n\
6845 It is false the method implied by @code{have_ctors_dtors} is used.",
6846 bool, false)
6847
6848 /* True if thread-local storage is supported. */
6849 DEFHOOKPOD
6850 (have_tls,
6851 "Contains the value true if the target supports thread-local storage.\n\
6852 The default value is false.",
6853 bool, false)
6854
6855 /* True if a small readonly data section is supported. */
6856 DEFHOOKPOD
6857 (have_srodata_section,
6858 "Contains the value true if the target places read-only\n\
6859 ``small data'' into a separate section. The default value is false.",
6860 bool, false)
6861
6862 /* True if EH frame info sections should be zero-terminated. */
6863 DEFHOOKPOD
6864 (terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info,
6865 "Contains the value true if the target should add a zero word onto the\n\
6866 end of a Dwarf-2 frame info section when used for exception handling.\n\
6867 Default value is false if @code{EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME} is defined, and\n\
6868 true otherwise.",
6869 bool, true)
6870
6871 /* True if #NO_APP should be emitted at the beginning of assembly output. */
6872 DEFHOOKPOD
6873 (asm_file_start_app_off,
6874 "If this flag is true, the text of the macro @code{ASM_APP_OFF} will be\n\
6875 printed as the very first line in the assembly file, unless\n\
6876 @option{-fverbose-asm} is in effect. (If that macro has been defined\n\
6877 to the empty string, this variable has no effect.) With the normal\n\
6878 definition of @code{ASM_APP_OFF}, the effect is to notify the GNU\n\
6879 assembler that it need not bother stripping comments or extra\n\
6880 whitespace from its input. This allows it to work a bit faster.\n\
6881 \n\
6882 The default is false. You should not set it to true unless you have\n\
6883 verified that your port does not generate any extra whitespace or\n\
6884 comments that will cause GAS to issue errors in NO_APP mode.",
6885 bool, false)
6886
6887 /* True if output_file_directive should be called for main_input_filename
6888 at the beginning of assembly output. */
6889 DEFHOOKPOD
6890 (asm_file_start_file_directive,
6891 "If this flag is true, @code{output_file_directive} will be called\n\
6892 for the primary source file, immediately after printing\n\
6893 @code{ASM_APP_OFF} (if that is enabled). Most ELF assemblers expect\n\
6894 this to be done. The default is false.",
6895 bool, false)
6896
6897 /* Returns true if we should generate exception tables for use with the
6898 ARM EABI. The effects the encoding of function exception specifications. */
6899 DEFHOOKPOD
6900 (arm_eabi_unwinder,
6901 "This flag should be set to @code{true} on targets that use an ARM EABI\n\
6902 based unwinding library, and @code{false} on other targets. This effects\n\
6903 the format of unwinding tables, and how the unwinder in entered after\n\
6904 running a cleanup. The default is @code{false}.",
6905 bool, false)
6906
6907 DEFHOOKPOD
6908 (want_debug_pub_sections,
6909 "True if the @code{.debug_pubtypes} and @code{.debug_pubnames} sections\n\
6910 should be emitted. These sections are not used on most platforms, and\n\
6911 in particular GDB does not use them.",
6912 bool, false)
6913
6914 DEFHOOKPOD
6915 (delay_sched2,
6916 "True if sched2 is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6917 This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6918 bool, false)
6919
6920 DEFHOOKPOD
6921 (delay_vartrack,
6922 "True if vartrack is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6923 This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6924 bool, false)
6925
6926 DEFHOOKPOD
6927 (no_register_allocation,
6928 "True if register allocation and the passes\n\
6929 following it should not be run. Usually true only for virtual assembler\n\
6930 targets.",
6931 bool, false)
6932
6933 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6934
6935 /* Functions related to mode switching. */
6936 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6937 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MODE_"
6938 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_TOGGLE_, mode_switching)
6939
6940 DEFHOOK
6941 (emit,
6942 "Generate one or more insns to set @var{entity} to @var{mode}.\n\
6943 @var{hard_reg_live} is the set of hard registers live at the point where\n\
6944 the insn(s) are to be inserted. @var{prev_moxde} indicates the mode\n\
6945 to switch from. Sets of a lower numbered entity will be emitted before\n\
6946 sets of a higher numbered entity to a mode of the same or lower priority.",
6947 void, (int entity, int mode, int prev_mode, HARD_REG_SET regs_live), NULL)
6948
6949 DEFHOOK
6950 (needed,
6951 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity.\n\
6952 If @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} is defined, you must define this macro\n\
6953 to return an integer value not larger than the corresponding element\n\
6954 in @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, to denote the mode that @var{entity}\n\
6955 must be switched into prior to the execution of @var{insn}.",
6956 int, (int entity, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6957
6958 DEFHOOK
6959 (after,
6960 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity.\n\
6961 If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{insn} during mode\n\
6962 switching. It determines the mode that an insn results\n\
6963 in (if different from the incoming mode).",
6964 int, (int entity, int mode, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6965
6966 DEFHOOK
6967 (entry,
6968 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that\n\
6969 needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode\n\
6970 that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function entry.\n\
6971 If @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT}\n\
6972 must be defined.",
6973 int, (int entity), NULL)
6974
6975 DEFHOOK
6976 (exit,
6977 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that\n\
6978 needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode\n\
6979 that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function exit.\n\
6980 If @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY}\n\
6981 must be defined.",
6982 int, (int entity), NULL)
6983
6984 DEFHOOK
6985 (priority,
6986 "This macro specifies the order in which modes for @var{entity}\n\
6987 are processed. 0 is the highest priority,\n\
6988 @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING[@var{entity}] - 1} the lowest.\n\
6989 The value of the macro should be an integer designating a mode\n\
6990 for @var{entity}. For any fixed @var{entity}, @code{mode_priority}\n\
6991 (@var{entity}, @var{n}) shall be a bijection in 0 @dots{}\n\
6992 @code{num_modes_for_mode_switching[@var{entity}] - 1}.",
6993 int, (int entity, int n), NULL)
6994
6995 HOOK_VECTOR_END (mode_switching)
6996
6997 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6998 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MEMTAG_"
6999 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_MEMTAG_, memtag)
7000
7001 DEFHOOK
7002 (can_tag_addresses,
7003 "True if the backend architecture naturally supports ignoring some region\n\
7004 of pointers. This feature means that @option{-fsanitize=hwaddress} can\n\
7005 work.\n\
7006 \n\
7007 At preset, this feature does not support address spaces. It also requires\n\
7008 @code{Pmode} to be the same as @code{ptr_mode}.",
7009 bool, (), default_memtag_can_tag_addresses)
7010
7011 DEFHOOK
7012 (tag_size,
7013 "Return the size of a tag (in bits) for this platform.\n\
7014 \n\
7015 The default returns 8.",
7016 uint8_t, (), default_memtag_tag_size)
7017
7018 DEFHOOK
7019 (granule_size,
7020 "Return the size in real memory that each byte in shadow memory refers to.\n\
7021 I.e. if a variable is @var{X} bytes long in memory, then this hook should\n\
7022 return the value @var{Y} such that the tag in shadow memory spans\n\
7023 @var{X}/@var{Y} bytes.\n\
7024 \n\
7025 Most variables will need to be aligned to this amount since two variables\n\
7026 that are neighbors in memory and share a tag granule would need to share\n\
7027 the same tag.\n\
7028 \n\
7029 The default returns 16.",
7030 uint8_t, (), default_memtag_granule_size)
7031
7032 DEFHOOK
7033 (insert_random_tag,
7034 "Return an RTX representing the value of @var{untagged} but with a\n\
7035 (possibly) random tag in it.\n\
7036 Put that value into @var{target} if it is convenient to do so.\n\
7037 This function is used to generate a tagged base for the current stack frame.",
7038 rtx, (rtx untagged, rtx target), default_memtag_insert_random_tag)
7039
7040 DEFHOOK
7041 (add_tag,
7042 "Return an RTX that represents the result of adding @var{addr_offset} to\n\
7043 the address in pointer @var{base} and @var{tag_offset} to the tag in pointer\n\
7044 @var{base}.\n\
7045 The resulting RTX must either be a valid memory address or be able to get\n\
7046 put into an operand with @code{force_operand}.\n\
7047 \n\
7048 Unlike other memtag hooks, this must return an expression and not emit any\n\
7049 RTL.",
7050 rtx, (rtx base, poly_int64 addr_offset, uint8_t tag_offset),
7051 default_memtag_add_tag)
7052
7053 DEFHOOK
7054 (set_tag,
7055 "Return an RTX representing @var{untagged_base} but with the tag @var{tag}.\n\
7056 Try and store this in @var{target} if convenient.\n\
7057 @var{untagged_base} is required to have a zero tag when this hook is called.\n\
7058 The default of this hook is to set the top byte of @var{untagged_base} to\n\
7059 @var{tag}.",
7060 rtx, (rtx untagged_base, rtx tag, rtx target), default_memtag_set_tag)
7061
7062 DEFHOOK
7063 (extract_tag,
7064 "Return an RTX representing the tag stored in @var{tagged_pointer}.\n\
7065 Store the result in @var{target} if it is convenient.\n\
7066 The default represents the top byte of the original pointer.",
7067 rtx, (rtx tagged_pointer, rtx target), default_memtag_extract_tag)
7068
7069 DEFHOOK
7070 (untagged_pointer,
7071 "Return an RTX representing @var{tagged_pointer} with its tag set to zero.\n\
7072 Store the result in @var{target} if convenient.\n\
7073 The default clears the top byte of the original pointer.",
7074 rtx, (rtx tagged_pointer, rtx target), default_memtag_untagged_pointer)
7075
7076 HOOK_VECTOR_END (memtag)
7077 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
7078 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
7079
7080 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
7081 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (have_##NAME, "", bool, (void), false)
7082 #include "target-insns.def"
7083 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
7084
7085 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
7086 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (gen_##NAME, "", rtx_insn *, PROTO, NULL)
7087 #include "target-insns.def"
7088 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
7089
7090 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
7091 DEFHOOKPOD (code_for_##NAME, "*", enum insn_code, CODE_FOR_nothing)
7092 #include "target-insns.def"
7093 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
7094
7095 DEFHOOK
7096 (run_target_selftests,
7097 "If selftests are enabled, run any selftests for this target.",
7098 void, (void),
7099 NULL)
7100
7101 DEFHOOK
7102 (gcov_type_size,
7103 "Returns the gcov type size in bits. This type is used for example for\n\
7104 counters incremented by profiling and code-coverage events. The default\n\
7105 value is 64, if the type size of long long is greater than 32, otherwise the\n\
7106 default value is 32. A 64-bit type is recommended to avoid overflows of the\n\
7107 counters. If the @option{-fprofile-update=atomic} is used, then the\n\
7108 counters are incremented using atomic operations. Targets not supporting\n\
7109 64-bit atomic operations may override the default value and request a 32-bit\n\
7110 type.",
7111 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void), default_gcov_type_size)
7112
7113 /* This value represents whether the shadow call stack is implemented on
7114 the target platform. */
7115 DEFHOOKPOD
7116 (have_shadow_call_stack,
7117 "This value is true if the target platform supports\n\
7118 @option{-fsanitize=shadow-call-stack}. The default value is false.",
7119 bool, false)
7120
7121 /* Close the 'struct gcc_target' definition. */
7122 HOOK_VECTOR_END (C90_EMPTY_HACK)
7123